##// END OF EJS Templates
resolve: add confirm config option...
Sushil khanchi -
r38858:f8732e33 default
parent child Browse files
Show More
@@ -1,5853 +1,5859 b''
1 1 # commands.py - command processing for mercurial
2 2 #
3 3 # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
4 4 #
5 5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 7
8 8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 9
10 10 import difflib
11 11 import errno
12 12 import os
13 13 import re
14 14 import sys
15 15
16 16 from .i18n import _
17 17 from .node import (
18 18 hex,
19 19 nullid,
20 20 nullrev,
21 21 short,
22 22 )
23 23 from . import (
24 24 archival,
25 25 bookmarks,
26 26 bundle2,
27 27 changegroup,
28 28 cmdutil,
29 29 copies,
30 30 debugcommands as debugcommandsmod,
31 31 destutil,
32 32 dirstateguard,
33 33 discovery,
34 34 encoding,
35 35 error,
36 36 exchange,
37 37 extensions,
38 38 filemerge,
39 39 formatter,
40 40 graphmod,
41 41 hbisect,
42 42 help,
43 43 hg,
44 44 logcmdutil,
45 45 merge as mergemod,
46 46 obsolete,
47 47 obsutil,
48 48 patch,
49 49 phases,
50 50 pycompat,
51 51 rcutil,
52 52 registrar,
53 53 repair,
54 54 revsetlang,
55 55 rewriteutil,
56 56 scmutil,
57 57 server,
58 58 state as statemod,
59 59 streamclone,
60 60 tags as tagsmod,
61 61 templatekw,
62 62 ui as uimod,
63 63 util,
64 64 wireprotoserver,
65 65 )
66 66 from .utils import (
67 67 dateutil,
68 68 stringutil,
69 69 )
70 70
71 71 table = {}
72 72 table.update(debugcommandsmod.command._table)
73 73
74 74 command = registrar.command(table)
75 75 INTENT_READONLY = registrar.INTENT_READONLY
76 76
77 77 # common command options
78 78
79 79 globalopts = [
80 80 ('R', 'repository', '',
81 81 _('repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file'),
82 82 _('REPO')),
83 83 ('', 'cwd', '',
84 84 _('change working directory'), _('DIR')),
85 85 ('y', 'noninteractive', None,
86 86 _('do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts')),
87 87 ('q', 'quiet', None, _('suppress output')),
88 88 ('v', 'verbose', None, _('enable additional output')),
89 89 ('', 'color', '',
90 90 # i18n: 'always', 'auto', 'never', and 'debug' are keywords
91 91 # and should not be translated
92 92 _("when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)"),
93 93 _('TYPE')),
94 94 ('', 'config', [],
95 95 _('set/override config option (use \'section.name=value\')'),
96 96 _('CONFIG')),
97 97 ('', 'debug', None, _('enable debugging output')),
98 98 ('', 'debugger', None, _('start debugger')),
99 99 ('', 'encoding', encoding.encoding, _('set the charset encoding'),
100 100 _('ENCODE')),
101 101 ('', 'encodingmode', encoding.encodingmode,
102 102 _('set the charset encoding mode'), _('MODE')),
103 103 ('', 'traceback', None, _('always print a traceback on exception')),
104 104 ('', 'time', None, _('time how long the command takes')),
105 105 ('', 'profile', None, _('print command execution profile')),
106 106 ('', 'version', None, _('output version information and exit')),
107 107 ('h', 'help', None, _('display help and exit')),
108 108 ('', 'hidden', False, _('consider hidden changesets')),
109 109 ('', 'pager', 'auto',
110 110 _("when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)"), _('TYPE')),
111 111 ]
112 112
113 113 dryrunopts = cmdutil.dryrunopts
114 114 remoteopts = cmdutil.remoteopts
115 115 walkopts = cmdutil.walkopts
116 116 commitopts = cmdutil.commitopts
117 117 commitopts2 = cmdutil.commitopts2
118 118 formatteropts = cmdutil.formatteropts
119 119 templateopts = cmdutil.templateopts
120 120 logopts = cmdutil.logopts
121 121 diffopts = cmdutil.diffopts
122 122 diffwsopts = cmdutil.diffwsopts
123 123 diffopts2 = cmdutil.diffopts2
124 124 mergetoolopts = cmdutil.mergetoolopts
125 125 similarityopts = cmdutil.similarityopts
126 126 subrepoopts = cmdutil.subrepoopts
127 127 debugrevlogopts = cmdutil.debugrevlogopts
128 128
129 129 # Commands start here, listed alphabetically
130 130
131 131 @command('^add',
132 132 walkopts + subrepoopts + dryrunopts,
133 133 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
134 134 inferrepo=True)
135 135 def add(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
136 136 """add the specified files on the next commit
137 137
138 138 Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the
139 139 repository.
140 140
141 141 The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To
142 142 undo an add before that, see :hg:`forget`.
143 143
144 144 If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except
145 145 files matching ``.hgignore``).
146 146
147 147 .. container:: verbose
148 148
149 149 Examples:
150 150
151 151 - New (unknown) files are added
152 152 automatically by :hg:`add`::
153 153
154 154 $ ls
155 155 foo.c
156 156 $ hg status
157 157 ? foo.c
158 158 $ hg add
159 159 adding foo.c
160 160 $ hg status
161 161 A foo.c
162 162
163 163 - Specific files to be added can be specified::
164 164
165 165 $ ls
166 166 bar.c foo.c
167 167 $ hg status
168 168 ? bar.c
169 169 ? foo.c
170 170 $ hg add bar.c
171 171 $ hg status
172 172 A bar.c
173 173 ? foo.c
174 174
175 175 Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
176 176 """
177 177
178 178 m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, pycompat.byteskwargs(opts))
179 179 rejected = cmdutil.add(ui, repo, m, "", False, **opts)
180 180 return rejected and 1 or 0
181 181
182 182 @command('addremove',
183 183 similarityopts + subrepoopts + walkopts + dryrunopts,
184 184 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
185 185 inferrepo=True)
186 186 def addremove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
187 187 """add all new files, delete all missing files
188 188
189 189 Add all new files and remove all missing files from the
190 190 repository.
191 191
192 192 Unless names are given, new files are ignored if they match any of
193 193 the patterns in ``.hgignore``. As with add, these changes take
194 194 effect at the next commit.
195 195
196 196 Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. This
197 197 option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must
198 198 be identical) as its parameter. With a parameter greater than 0,
199 199 this compares every removed file with every added file and records
200 200 those similar enough as renames. Detecting renamed files this way
201 201 can be expensive. After using this option, :hg:`status -C` can be
202 202 used to check which files were identified as moved or renamed. If
203 203 not specified, -s/--similarity defaults to 100 and only renames of
204 204 identical files are detected.
205 205
206 206 .. container:: verbose
207 207
208 208 Examples:
209 209
210 210 - A number of files (bar.c and foo.c) are new,
211 211 while foobar.c has been removed (without using :hg:`remove`)
212 212 from the repository::
213 213
214 214 $ ls
215 215 bar.c foo.c
216 216 $ hg status
217 217 ! foobar.c
218 218 ? bar.c
219 219 ? foo.c
220 220 $ hg addremove
221 221 adding bar.c
222 222 adding foo.c
223 223 removing foobar.c
224 224 $ hg status
225 225 A bar.c
226 226 A foo.c
227 227 R foobar.c
228 228
229 229 - A file foobar.c was moved to foo.c without using :hg:`rename`.
230 230 Afterwards, it was edited slightly::
231 231
232 232 $ ls
233 233 foo.c
234 234 $ hg status
235 235 ! foobar.c
236 236 ? foo.c
237 237 $ hg addremove --similarity 90
238 238 removing foobar.c
239 239 adding foo.c
240 240 recording removal of foobar.c as rename to foo.c (94% similar)
241 241 $ hg status -C
242 242 A foo.c
243 243 foobar.c
244 244 R foobar.c
245 245
246 246 Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
247 247 """
248 248 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
249 249 if not opts.get('similarity'):
250 250 opts['similarity'] = '100'
251 251 matcher = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
252 252 return scmutil.addremove(repo, matcher, "", opts)
253 253
254 254 @command('^annotate|blame',
255 255 [('r', 'rev', '', _('annotate the specified revision'), _('REV')),
256 256 ('', 'follow', None,
257 257 _('follow copies/renames and list the filename (DEPRECATED)')),
258 258 ('', 'no-follow', None, _("don't follow copies and renames")),
259 259 ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')),
260 260 ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')),
261 261 ('f', 'file', None, _('list the filename')),
262 262 ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')),
263 263 ('n', 'number', None, _('list the revision number (default)')),
264 264 ('c', 'changeset', None, _('list the changeset')),
265 265 ('l', 'line-number', None, _('show line number at the first appearance')),
266 266 ('', 'skip', [], _('revision to not display (EXPERIMENTAL)'), _('REV')),
267 267 ] + diffwsopts + walkopts + formatteropts,
268 268 _('[-r REV] [-f] [-a] [-u] [-d] [-n] [-c] [-l] FILE...'),
269 269 inferrepo=True)
270 270 def annotate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
271 271 """show changeset information by line for each file
272 272
273 273 List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for
274 274 each line.
275 275
276 276 This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and
277 277 by whom.
278 278
279 279 If you include --file, --user, or --date, the revision number is
280 280 suppressed unless you also include --number.
281 281
282 282 Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files
283 283 it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file
284 284 anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful
285 285 nor desirable.
286 286
287 287 Returns 0 on success.
288 288 """
289 289 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
290 290 if not pats:
291 291 raise error.Abort(_('at least one filename or pattern is required'))
292 292
293 293 if opts.get('follow'):
294 294 # --follow is deprecated and now just an alias for -f/--file
295 295 # to mimic the behavior of Mercurial before version 1.5
296 296 opts['file'] = True
297 297
298 298 rev = opts.get('rev')
299 299 if rev:
300 300 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
301 301 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev)
302 302
303 303 rootfm = ui.formatter('annotate', opts)
304 304 if ui.quiet:
305 305 datefunc = dateutil.shortdate
306 306 else:
307 307 datefunc = dateutil.datestr
308 308 if ctx.rev() is None:
309 309 def hexfn(node):
310 310 if node is None:
311 311 return None
312 312 else:
313 313 return rootfm.hexfunc(node)
314 314 if opts.get('changeset'):
315 315 # omit "+" suffix which is appended to node hex
316 316 def formatrev(rev):
317 317 if rev is None:
318 318 return '%d' % ctx.p1().rev()
319 319 else:
320 320 return '%d' % rev
321 321 else:
322 322 def formatrev(rev):
323 323 if rev is None:
324 324 return '%d+' % ctx.p1().rev()
325 325 else:
326 326 return '%d ' % rev
327 327 def formathex(hex):
328 328 if hex is None:
329 329 return '%s+' % rootfm.hexfunc(ctx.p1().node())
330 330 else:
331 331 return '%s ' % hex
332 332 else:
333 333 hexfn = rootfm.hexfunc
334 334 formatrev = formathex = pycompat.bytestr
335 335
336 336 opmap = [('user', ' ', lambda x: x.fctx.user(), ui.shortuser),
337 337 ('rev', ' ', lambda x: x.fctx.rev(), formatrev),
338 338 ('node', ' ', lambda x: hexfn(x.fctx.node()), formathex),
339 339 ('date', ' ', lambda x: x.fctx.date(), util.cachefunc(datefunc)),
340 340 ('file', ' ', lambda x: x.fctx.path(), pycompat.bytestr),
341 341 ('line_number', ':', lambda x: x.lineno, pycompat.bytestr),
342 342 ]
343 343 opnamemap = {'rev': 'number', 'node': 'changeset'}
344 344
345 345 if (not opts.get('user') and not opts.get('changeset')
346 346 and not opts.get('date') and not opts.get('file')):
347 347 opts['number'] = True
348 348
349 349 linenumber = opts.get('line_number') is not None
350 350 if linenumber and (not opts.get('changeset')) and (not opts.get('number')):
351 351 raise error.Abort(_('at least one of -n/-c is required for -l'))
352 352
353 353 ui.pager('annotate')
354 354
355 355 if rootfm.isplain():
356 356 def makefunc(get, fmt):
357 357 return lambda x: fmt(get(x))
358 358 else:
359 359 def makefunc(get, fmt):
360 360 return get
361 361 datahint = rootfm.datahint()
362 362 funcmap = [(makefunc(get, fmt), sep) for fn, sep, get, fmt in opmap
363 363 if opts.get(opnamemap.get(fn, fn)) or fn in datahint]
364 364 funcmap[0] = (funcmap[0][0], '') # no separator in front of first column
365 365 fields = ' '.join(fn for fn, sep, get, fmt in opmap
366 366 if opts.get(opnamemap.get(fn, fn)) or fn in datahint)
367 367
368 368 def bad(x, y):
369 369 raise error.Abort("%s: %s" % (x, y))
370 370
371 371 m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, badfn=bad)
372 372
373 373 follow = not opts.get('no_follow')
374 374 diffopts = patch.difffeatureopts(ui, opts, section='annotate',
375 375 whitespace=True)
376 376 skiprevs = opts.get('skip')
377 377 if skiprevs:
378 378 skiprevs = scmutil.revrange(repo, skiprevs)
379 379
380 380 for abs in ctx.walk(m):
381 381 fctx = ctx[abs]
382 382 rootfm.startitem()
383 383 rootfm.data(abspath=abs, path=m.rel(abs))
384 384 if not opts.get('text') and fctx.isbinary():
385 385 rootfm.plain(_("%s: binary file\n")
386 386 % ((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs))
387 387 continue
388 388
389 389 fm = rootfm.nested('lines', tmpl='{rev}: {line}')
390 390 lines = fctx.annotate(follow=follow, skiprevs=skiprevs,
391 391 diffopts=diffopts)
392 392 if not lines:
393 393 fm.end()
394 394 continue
395 395 formats = []
396 396 pieces = []
397 397
398 398 for f, sep in funcmap:
399 399 l = [f(n) for n in lines]
400 400 if fm.isplain():
401 401 sizes = [encoding.colwidth(x) for x in l]
402 402 ml = max(sizes)
403 403 formats.append([sep + ' ' * (ml - w) + '%s' for w in sizes])
404 404 else:
405 405 formats.append(['%s' for x in l])
406 406 pieces.append(l)
407 407
408 408 for f, p, n in zip(zip(*formats), zip(*pieces), lines):
409 409 fm.startitem()
410 410 fm.context(fctx=n.fctx)
411 411 fm.write(fields, "".join(f), *p)
412 412 if n.skip:
413 413 fmt = "* %s"
414 414 else:
415 415 fmt = ": %s"
416 416 fm.write('line', fmt, n.text)
417 417
418 418 if not lines[-1].text.endswith('\n'):
419 419 fm.plain('\n')
420 420 fm.end()
421 421
422 422 rootfm.end()
423 423
424 424 @command('archive',
425 425 [('', 'no-decode', None, _('do not pass files through decoders')),
426 426 ('p', 'prefix', '', _('directory prefix for files in archive'),
427 427 _('PREFIX')),
428 428 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to distribute'), _('REV')),
429 429 ('t', 'type', '', _('type of distribution to create'), _('TYPE')),
430 430 ] + subrepoopts + walkopts,
431 431 _('[OPTION]... DEST'))
432 432 def archive(ui, repo, dest, **opts):
433 433 '''create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
434 434
435 435 By default, the revision used is the parent of the working
436 436 directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.
437 437
438 438 The archive type is automatically detected based on file
439 439 extension (to override, use -t/--type).
440 440
441 441 .. container:: verbose
442 442
443 443 Examples:
444 444
445 445 - create a zip file containing the 1.0 release::
446 446
447 447 hg archive -r 1.0 project-1.0.zip
448 448
449 449 - create a tarball excluding .hg files::
450 450
451 451 hg archive project.tar.gz -X ".hg*"
452 452
453 453 Valid types are:
454 454
455 455 :``files``: a directory full of files (default)
456 456 :``tar``: tar archive, uncompressed
457 457 :``tbz2``: tar archive, compressed using bzip2
458 458 :``tgz``: tar archive, compressed using gzip
459 459 :``uzip``: zip archive, uncompressed
460 460 :``zip``: zip archive, compressed using deflate
461 461
462 462 The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given
463 463 using a format string; see :hg:`help export` for details.
464 464
465 465 Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix
466 466 prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the
467 467 prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes
468 468 removed.
469 469
470 470 Returns 0 on success.
471 471 '''
472 472
473 473 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
474 474 rev = opts.get('rev')
475 475 if rev:
476 476 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
477 477 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev)
478 478 if not ctx:
479 479 raise error.Abort(_('no working directory: please specify a revision'))
480 480 node = ctx.node()
481 481 dest = cmdutil.makefilename(ctx, dest)
482 482 if os.path.realpath(dest) == repo.root:
483 483 raise error.Abort(_('repository root cannot be destination'))
484 484
485 485 kind = opts.get('type') or archival.guesskind(dest) or 'files'
486 486 prefix = opts.get('prefix')
487 487
488 488 if dest == '-':
489 489 if kind == 'files':
490 490 raise error.Abort(_('cannot archive plain files to stdout'))
491 491 dest = cmdutil.makefileobj(ctx, dest)
492 492 if not prefix:
493 493 prefix = os.path.basename(repo.root) + '-%h'
494 494
495 495 prefix = cmdutil.makefilename(ctx, prefix)
496 496 match = scmutil.match(ctx, [], opts)
497 497 archival.archive(repo, dest, node, kind, not opts.get('no_decode'),
498 498 match, prefix, subrepos=opts.get('subrepos'))
499 499
500 500 @command('backout',
501 501 [('', 'merge', None, _('merge with old dirstate parent after backout')),
502 502 ('', 'commit', None,
503 503 _('commit if no conflicts were encountered (DEPRECATED)')),
504 504 ('', 'no-commit', None, _('do not commit')),
505 505 ('', 'parent', '',
506 506 _('parent to choose when backing out merge (DEPRECATED)'), _('REV')),
507 507 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to backout'), _('REV')),
508 508 ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
509 509 ] + mergetoolopts + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2,
510 510 _('[OPTION]... [-r] REV'))
511 511 def backout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts):
512 512 '''reverse effect of earlier changeset
513 513
514 514 Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the
515 515 current working directory. If no conflicts were encountered,
516 516 it will be committed immediately.
517 517
518 518 If REV is the parent of the working directory, then this new changeset
519 519 is committed automatically (unless --no-commit is specified).
520 520
521 521 .. note::
522 522
523 523 :hg:`backout` cannot be used to fix either an unwanted or
524 524 incorrect merge.
525 525
526 526 .. container:: verbose
527 527
528 528 Examples:
529 529
530 530 - Reverse the effect of the parent of the working directory.
531 531 This backout will be committed immediately::
532 532
533 533 hg backout -r .
534 534
535 535 - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23::
536 536
537 537 hg backout -r 23
538 538
539 539 - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23 and
540 540 leave changes uncommitted::
541 541
542 542 hg backout -r 23 --no-commit
543 543 hg commit -m "Backout revision 23"
544 544
545 545 By default, the pending changeset will have one parent,
546 546 maintaining a linear history. With --merge, the pending
547 547 changeset will instead have two parents: the old parent of the
548 548 working directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV.
549 549
550 550 Before version 1.7, the behavior without --merge was equivalent
551 551 to specifying --merge followed by :hg:`update --clean .` to
552 552 cancel the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be
553 553 merged separately.
554 554
555 555 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
556 556
557 557 See :hg:`help revert` for a way to restore files to the state
558 558 of another revision.
559 559
560 560 Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing to backout or there are unresolved
561 561 files.
562 562 '''
563 563 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock():
564 564 return _dobackout(ui, repo, node, rev, **opts)
565 565
566 566 def _dobackout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts):
567 567 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
568 568 if opts.get('commit') and opts.get('no_commit'):
569 569 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --commit with --no-commit"))
570 570 if opts.get('merge') and opts.get('no_commit'):
571 571 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --merge with --no-commit"))
572 572
573 573 if rev and node:
574 574 raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
575 575
576 576 if not rev:
577 577 rev = node
578 578
579 579 if not rev:
580 580 raise error.Abort(_("please specify a revision to backout"))
581 581
582 582 date = opts.get('date')
583 583 if date:
584 584 opts['date'] = dateutil.parsedate(date)
585 585
586 586 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
587 587 cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
588 588 node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node()
589 589
590 590 op1, op2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
591 591 if not repo.changelog.isancestor(node, op1):
592 592 raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout change that is not an ancestor'))
593 593
594 594 p1, p2 = repo.changelog.parents(node)
595 595 if p1 == nullid:
596 596 raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a change with no parents'))
597 597 if p2 != nullid:
598 598 if not opts.get('parent'):
599 599 raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a merge changeset'))
600 600 p = repo.lookup(opts['parent'])
601 601 if p not in (p1, p2):
602 602 raise error.Abort(_('%s is not a parent of %s') %
603 603 (short(p), short(node)))
604 604 parent = p
605 605 else:
606 606 if opts.get('parent'):
607 607 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --parent on non-merge changeset'))
608 608 parent = p1
609 609
610 610 # the backout should appear on the same branch
611 611 branch = repo.dirstate.branch()
612 612 bheads = repo.branchheads(branch)
613 613 rctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, hex(parent))
614 614 if not opts.get('merge') and op1 != node:
615 615 with dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'backout'):
616 616 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
617 617 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'backout'):
618 618 stats = mergemod.update(repo, parent, True, True, node, False)
619 619 repo.setparents(op1, op2)
620 620 hg._showstats(repo, stats)
621 621 if stats.unresolvedcount:
622 622 repo.ui.status(_("use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved "
623 623 "file merges\n"))
624 624 return 1
625 625 else:
626 626 hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=False)
627 627 repo.dirstate.setbranch(branch)
628 628 cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, rctx, repo.dirstate.parents())
629 629
630 630 if opts.get('no_commit'):
631 631 msg = _("changeset %s backed out, "
632 632 "don't forget to commit.\n")
633 633 ui.status(msg % short(node))
634 634 return 0
635 635
636 636 def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
637 637 editform = 'backout'
638 638 e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform,
639 639 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
640 640 if not message:
641 641 # we don't translate commit messages
642 642 message = "Backed out changeset %s" % short(node)
643 643 e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(edit=True, editform=editform)
644 644 return repo.commit(message, opts.get('user'), opts.get('date'),
645 645 match, editor=e)
646 646 newnode = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, [], opts)
647 647 if not newnode:
648 648 ui.status(_("nothing changed\n"))
649 649 return 1
650 650 cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, newnode, branch, bheads)
651 651
652 652 def nice(node):
653 653 return '%d:%s' % (repo.changelog.rev(node), short(node))
654 654 ui.status(_('changeset %s backs out changeset %s\n') %
655 655 (nice(repo.changelog.tip()), nice(node)))
656 656 if opts.get('merge') and op1 != node:
657 657 hg.clean(repo, op1, show_stats=False)
658 658 ui.status(_('merging with changeset %s\n')
659 659 % nice(repo.changelog.tip()))
660 660 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
661 661 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'backout'):
662 662 return hg.merge(repo, hex(repo.changelog.tip()))
663 663 return 0
664 664
665 665 @command('bisect',
666 666 [('r', 'reset', False, _('reset bisect state')),
667 667 ('g', 'good', False, _('mark changeset good')),
668 668 ('b', 'bad', False, _('mark changeset bad')),
669 669 ('s', 'skip', False, _('skip testing changeset')),
670 670 ('e', 'extend', False, _('extend the bisect range')),
671 671 ('c', 'command', '', _('use command to check changeset state'), _('CMD')),
672 672 ('U', 'noupdate', False, _('do not update to target'))],
673 673 _("[-gbsr] [-U] [-c CMD] [REV]"))
674 674 def bisect(ui, repo, rev=None, extra=None, command=None,
675 675 reset=None, good=None, bad=None, skip=None, extend=None,
676 676 noupdate=None):
677 677 """subdivision search of changesets
678 678
679 679 This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To
680 680 use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as
681 681 bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem
682 682 as good. Bisect will update your working directory to a revision
683 683 for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once
684 684 you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or
685 685 bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset
686 686 or announce that it has found the bad revision.
687 687
688 688 As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a
689 689 revision as good or bad without checking it out first.
690 690
691 691 If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.
692 692 The environment variable HG_NODE will contain the ID of the
693 693 changeset being tested. The exit status of the command will be
694 694 used to mark revisions as good or bad: status 0 means good, 125
695 695 means to skip the revision, 127 (command not found) will abort the
696 696 bisection, and any other non-zero exit status means the revision
697 697 is bad.
698 698
699 699 .. container:: verbose
700 700
701 701 Some examples:
702 702
703 703 - start a bisection with known bad revision 34, and good revision 12::
704 704
705 705 hg bisect --bad 34
706 706 hg bisect --good 12
707 707
708 708 - advance the current bisection by marking current revision as good or
709 709 bad::
710 710
711 711 hg bisect --good
712 712 hg bisect --bad
713 713
714 714 - mark the current revision, or a known revision, to be skipped (e.g. if
715 715 that revision is not usable because of another issue)::
716 716
717 717 hg bisect --skip
718 718 hg bisect --skip 23
719 719
720 720 - skip all revisions that do not touch directories ``foo`` or ``bar``::
721 721
722 722 hg bisect --skip "!( file('path:foo') & file('path:bar') )"
723 723
724 724 - forget the current bisection::
725 725
726 726 hg bisect --reset
727 727
728 728 - use 'make && make tests' to automatically find the first broken
729 729 revision::
730 730
731 731 hg bisect --reset
732 732 hg bisect --bad 34
733 733 hg bisect --good 12
734 734 hg bisect --command "make && make tests"
735 735
736 736 - see all changesets whose states are already known in the current
737 737 bisection::
738 738
739 739 hg log -r "bisect(pruned)"
740 740
741 741 - see the changeset currently being bisected (especially useful
742 742 if running with -U/--noupdate)::
743 743
744 744 hg log -r "bisect(current)"
745 745
746 746 - see all changesets that took part in the current bisection::
747 747
748 748 hg log -r "bisect(range)"
749 749
750 750 - you can even get a nice graph::
751 751
752 752 hg log --graph -r "bisect(range)"
753 753
754 754 See :hg:`help revisions.bisect` for more about the `bisect()` predicate.
755 755
756 756 Returns 0 on success.
757 757 """
758 758 # backward compatibility
759 759 if rev in "good bad reset init".split():
760 760 ui.warn(_("(use of 'hg bisect <cmd>' is deprecated)\n"))
761 761 cmd, rev, extra = rev, extra, None
762 762 if cmd == "good":
763 763 good = True
764 764 elif cmd == "bad":
765 765 bad = True
766 766 else:
767 767 reset = True
768 768 elif extra:
769 769 raise error.Abort(_('incompatible arguments'))
770 770
771 771 incompatibles = {
772 772 '--bad': bad,
773 773 '--command': bool(command),
774 774 '--extend': extend,
775 775 '--good': good,
776 776 '--reset': reset,
777 777 '--skip': skip,
778 778 }
779 779
780 780 enabled = [x for x in incompatibles if incompatibles[x]]
781 781
782 782 if len(enabled) > 1:
783 783 raise error.Abort(_('%s and %s are incompatible') %
784 784 tuple(sorted(enabled)[0:2]))
785 785
786 786 if reset:
787 787 hbisect.resetstate(repo)
788 788 return
789 789
790 790 state = hbisect.load_state(repo)
791 791
792 792 # update state
793 793 if good or bad or skip:
794 794 if rev:
795 795 nodes = [repo[i].node() for i in scmutil.revrange(repo, [rev])]
796 796 else:
797 797 nodes = [repo.lookup('.')]
798 798 if good:
799 799 state['good'] += nodes
800 800 elif bad:
801 801 state['bad'] += nodes
802 802 elif skip:
803 803 state['skip'] += nodes
804 804 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
805 805 if not (state['good'] and state['bad']):
806 806 return
807 807
808 808 def mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=True):
809 809 """common used update sequence"""
810 810 if noupdate:
811 811 return
812 812 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
813 813 cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
814 814 return hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=show_stats)
815 815
816 816 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, {})
817 817
818 818 if command:
819 819 changesets = 1
820 820 if noupdate:
821 821 try:
822 822 node = state['current'][0]
823 823 except LookupError:
824 824 raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is unknown - '
825 825 'start a new bisect to fix'))
826 826 else:
827 827 node, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
828 828 if p2 != nullid:
829 829 raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is a merge'))
830 830 if rev:
831 831 node = repo[scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, node)].node()
832 832 try:
833 833 while changesets:
834 834 # update state
835 835 state['current'] = [node]
836 836 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
837 837 status = ui.system(command, environ={'HG_NODE': hex(node)},
838 838 blockedtag='bisect_check')
839 839 if status == 125:
840 840 transition = "skip"
841 841 elif status == 0:
842 842 transition = "good"
843 843 # status < 0 means process was killed
844 844 elif status == 127:
845 845 raise error.Abort(_("failed to execute %s") % command)
846 846 elif status < 0:
847 847 raise error.Abort(_("%s killed") % command)
848 848 else:
849 849 transition = "bad"
850 850 state[transition].append(node)
851 851 ctx = repo[node]
852 852 ui.status(_('changeset %d:%s: %s\n') % (ctx.rev(), ctx,
853 853 transition))
854 854 hbisect.checkstate(state)
855 855 # bisect
856 856 nodes, changesets, bgood = hbisect.bisect(repo, state)
857 857 # update to next check
858 858 node = nodes[0]
859 859 mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=False)
860 860 finally:
861 861 state['current'] = [node]
862 862 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
863 863 hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, bgood)
864 864 return
865 865
866 866 hbisect.checkstate(state)
867 867
868 868 # actually bisect
869 869 nodes, changesets, good = hbisect.bisect(repo, state)
870 870 if extend:
871 871 if not changesets:
872 872 extendnode = hbisect.extendrange(repo, state, nodes, good)
873 873 if extendnode is not None:
874 874 ui.write(_("Extending search to changeset %d:%s\n")
875 875 % (extendnode.rev(), extendnode))
876 876 state['current'] = [extendnode.node()]
877 877 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
878 878 return mayupdate(repo, extendnode.node())
879 879 raise error.Abort(_("nothing to extend"))
880 880
881 881 if changesets == 0:
882 882 hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, good)
883 883 else:
884 884 assert len(nodes) == 1 # only a single node can be tested next
885 885 node = nodes[0]
886 886 # compute the approximate number of remaining tests
887 887 tests, size = 0, 2
888 888 while size <= changesets:
889 889 tests, size = tests + 1, size * 2
890 890 rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
891 891 ui.write(_("Testing changeset %d:%s "
892 892 "(%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n")
893 893 % (rev, short(node), changesets, tests))
894 894 state['current'] = [node]
895 895 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
896 896 return mayupdate(repo, node)
897 897
898 898 @command('bookmarks|bookmark',
899 899 [('f', 'force', False, _('force')),
900 900 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision for bookmark action'), _('REV')),
901 901 ('d', 'delete', False, _('delete a given bookmark')),
902 902 ('m', 'rename', '', _('rename a given bookmark'), _('OLD')),
903 903 ('i', 'inactive', False, _('mark a bookmark inactive')),
904 904 ] + formatteropts,
905 905 _('hg bookmarks [OPTIONS]... [NAME]...'))
906 906 def bookmark(ui, repo, *names, **opts):
907 907 '''create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
908 908
909 909 Bookmarks are labels on changesets to help track lines of development.
910 910 Bookmarks are unversioned and can be moved, renamed and deleted.
911 911 Deleting or moving a bookmark has no effect on the associated changesets.
912 912
913 913 Creating or updating to a bookmark causes it to be marked as 'active'.
914 914 The active bookmark is indicated with a '*'.
915 915 When a commit is made, the active bookmark will advance to the new commit.
916 916 A plain :hg:`update` will also advance an active bookmark, if possible.
917 917 Updating away from a bookmark will cause it to be deactivated.
918 918
919 919 Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see
920 920 :hg:`help push` and :hg:`help pull`). If a shared bookmark has
921 921 diverged, a new 'divergent bookmark' of the form 'name@path' will
922 922 be created. Using :hg:`merge` will resolve the divergence.
923 923
924 924 Specifying bookmark as '.' to -m or -d options is equivalent to specifying
925 925 the active bookmark's name.
926 926
927 927 A bookmark named '@' has the special property that :hg:`clone` will
928 928 check it out by default if it exists.
929 929
930 930 .. container:: verbose
931 931
932 932 Examples:
933 933
934 934 - create an active bookmark for a new line of development::
935 935
936 936 hg book new-feature
937 937
938 938 - create an inactive bookmark as a place marker::
939 939
940 940 hg book -i reviewed
941 941
942 942 - create an inactive bookmark on another changeset::
943 943
944 944 hg book -r .^ tested
945 945
946 946 - rename bookmark turkey to dinner::
947 947
948 948 hg book -m turkey dinner
949 949
950 950 - move the '@' bookmark from another branch::
951 951
952 952 hg book -f @
953 953 '''
954 954 force = opts.get(r'force')
955 955 rev = opts.get(r'rev')
956 956 delete = opts.get(r'delete')
957 957 rename = opts.get(r'rename')
958 958 inactive = opts.get(r'inactive')
959 959
960 960 if delete and rename:
961 961 raise error.Abort(_("--delete and --rename are incompatible"))
962 962 if delete and rev:
963 963 raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --delete"))
964 964 if rename and rev:
965 965 raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --rename"))
966 966 if not names and (delete or rev):
967 967 raise error.Abort(_("bookmark name required"))
968 968
969 969 if delete or rename or names or inactive:
970 970 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock(), repo.transaction('bookmark') as tr:
971 971 if delete:
972 972 names = pycompat.maplist(repo._bookmarks.expandname, names)
973 973 bookmarks.delete(repo, tr, names)
974 974 elif rename:
975 975 if not names:
976 976 raise error.Abort(_("new bookmark name required"))
977 977 elif len(names) > 1:
978 978 raise error.Abort(_("only one new bookmark name allowed"))
979 979 rename = repo._bookmarks.expandname(rename)
980 980 bookmarks.rename(repo, tr, rename, names[0], force, inactive)
981 981 elif names:
982 982 bookmarks.addbookmarks(repo, tr, names, rev, force, inactive)
983 983 elif inactive:
984 984 if len(repo._bookmarks) == 0:
985 985 ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n"))
986 986 elif not repo._activebookmark:
987 987 ui.status(_("no active bookmark\n"))
988 988 else:
989 989 bookmarks.deactivate(repo)
990 990 else: # show bookmarks
991 991 bookmarks.printbookmarks(ui, repo, **opts)
992 992
993 993 @command('branch',
994 994 [('f', 'force', None,
995 995 _('set branch name even if it shadows an existing branch')),
996 996 ('C', 'clean', None, _('reset branch name to parent branch name')),
997 997 ('r', 'rev', [], _('change branches of the given revs (EXPERIMENTAL)')),
998 998 ],
999 999 _('[-fC] [NAME]'))
1000 1000 def branch(ui, repo, label=None, **opts):
1001 1001 """set or show the current branch name
1002 1002
1003 1003 .. note::
1004 1004
1005 1005 Branch names are permanent and global. Use :hg:`bookmark` to create a
1006 1006 light-weight bookmark instead. See :hg:`help glossary` for more
1007 1007 information about named branches and bookmarks.
1008 1008
1009 1009 With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,
1010 1010 set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist
1011 1011 in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice
1012 1012 recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'
1013 1013 branch.
1014 1014
1015 1015 Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a
1016 1016 branch name that already exists.
1017 1017
1018 1018 Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of
1019 1019 the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch
1020 1020 change.
1021 1021
1022 1022 Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. Use
1023 1023 :hg:`commit --close-branch` to mark this branch head as closed.
1024 1024 When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch will be
1025 1025 considered closed.
1026 1026
1027 1027 Returns 0 on success.
1028 1028 """
1029 1029 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1030 1030 revs = opts.get('rev')
1031 1031 if label:
1032 1032 label = label.strip()
1033 1033
1034 1034 if not opts.get('clean') and not label:
1035 1035 if revs:
1036 1036 raise error.Abort(_("no branch name specified for the revisions"))
1037 1037 ui.write("%s\n" % repo.dirstate.branch())
1038 1038 return
1039 1039
1040 1040 with repo.wlock():
1041 1041 if opts.get('clean'):
1042 1042 label = repo[None].p1().branch()
1043 1043 repo.dirstate.setbranch(label)
1044 1044 ui.status(_('reset working directory to branch %s\n') % label)
1045 1045 elif label:
1046 1046
1047 1047 scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, label, 'branch')
1048 1048 if revs:
1049 1049 return cmdutil.changebranch(ui, repo, revs, label)
1050 1050
1051 1051 if not opts.get('force') and label in repo.branchmap():
1052 1052 if label not in [p.branch() for p in repo[None].parents()]:
1053 1053 raise error.Abort(_('a branch of the same name already'
1054 1054 ' exists'),
1055 1055 # i18n: "it" refers to an existing branch
1056 1056 hint=_("use 'hg update' to switch to it"))
1057 1057
1058 1058 repo.dirstate.setbranch(label)
1059 1059 ui.status(_('marked working directory as branch %s\n') % label)
1060 1060
1061 1061 # find any open named branches aside from default
1062 1062 others = [n for n, h, t, c in repo.branchmap().iterbranches()
1063 1063 if n != "default" and not c]
1064 1064 if not others:
1065 1065 ui.status(_('(branches are permanent and global, '
1066 1066 'did you want a bookmark?)\n'))
1067 1067
1068 1068 @command('branches',
1069 1069 [('a', 'active', False,
1070 1070 _('show only branches that have unmerged heads (DEPRECATED)')),
1071 1071 ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branches')),
1072 1072 ] + formatteropts,
1073 1073 _('[-c]'),
1074 1074 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1075 1075 def branches(ui, repo, active=False, closed=False, **opts):
1076 1076 """list repository named branches
1077 1077
1078 1078 List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are
1079 1079 inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have
1080 1080 been marked closed (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`).
1081 1081
1082 1082 Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch.
1083 1083
1084 1084 Returns 0.
1085 1085 """
1086 1086
1087 1087 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1088 1088 ui.pager('branches')
1089 1089 fm = ui.formatter('branches', opts)
1090 1090 hexfunc = fm.hexfunc
1091 1091
1092 1092 allheads = set(repo.heads())
1093 1093 branches = []
1094 1094 for tag, heads, tip, isclosed in repo.branchmap().iterbranches():
1095 1095 isactive = False
1096 1096 if not isclosed:
1097 1097 openheads = set(repo.branchmap().iteropen(heads))
1098 1098 isactive = bool(openheads & allheads)
1099 1099 branches.append((tag, repo[tip], isactive, not isclosed))
1100 1100 branches.sort(key=lambda i: (i[2], i[1].rev(), i[0], i[3]),
1101 1101 reverse=True)
1102 1102
1103 1103 for tag, ctx, isactive, isopen in branches:
1104 1104 if active and not isactive:
1105 1105 continue
1106 1106 if isactive:
1107 1107 label = 'branches.active'
1108 1108 notice = ''
1109 1109 elif not isopen:
1110 1110 if not closed:
1111 1111 continue
1112 1112 label = 'branches.closed'
1113 1113 notice = _(' (closed)')
1114 1114 else:
1115 1115 label = 'branches.inactive'
1116 1116 notice = _(' (inactive)')
1117 1117 current = (tag == repo.dirstate.branch())
1118 1118 if current:
1119 1119 label = 'branches.current'
1120 1120
1121 1121 fm.startitem()
1122 1122 fm.write('branch', '%s', tag, label=label)
1123 1123 rev = ctx.rev()
1124 1124 padsize = max(31 - len("%d" % rev) - encoding.colwidth(tag), 0)
1125 1125 fmt = ' ' * padsize + ' %d:%s'
1126 1126 fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt, rev, hexfunc(ctx.node()),
1127 1127 label='log.changeset changeset.%s' % ctx.phasestr())
1128 1128 fm.context(ctx=ctx)
1129 1129 fm.data(active=isactive, closed=not isopen, current=current)
1130 1130 if not ui.quiet:
1131 1131 fm.plain(notice)
1132 1132 fm.plain('\n')
1133 1133 fm.end()
1134 1134
1135 1135 @command('bundle',
1136 1136 [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')),
1137 1137 ('r', 'rev', [], _('a changeset intended to be added to the destination'),
1138 1138 _('REV')),
1139 1139 ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to bundle'),
1140 1140 _('BRANCH')),
1141 1141 ('', 'base', [],
1142 1142 _('a base changeset assumed to be available at the destination'),
1143 1143 _('REV')),
1144 1144 ('a', 'all', None, _('bundle all changesets in the repository')),
1145 1145 ('t', 'type', 'bzip2', _('bundle compression type to use'), _('TYPE')),
1146 1146 ] + remoteopts,
1147 1147 _('[-f] [-t BUNDLESPEC] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]'))
1148 1148 def bundle(ui, repo, fname, dest=None, **opts):
1149 1149 """create a bundle file
1150 1150
1151 1151 Generate a bundle file containing data to be transferred to another
1152 1152 repository.
1153 1153
1154 1154 To create a bundle containing all changesets, use -a/--all
1155 1155 (or --base null). Otherwise, hg assumes the destination will have
1156 1156 all the nodes you specify with --base parameters. Otherwise, hg
1157 1157 will assume the repository has all the nodes in destination, or
1158 1158 default-push/default if no destination is specified, where destination
1159 1159 is the repository you provide through DEST option.
1160 1160
1161 1161 You can change bundle format with the -t/--type option. See
1162 1162 :hg:`help bundlespec` for documentation on this format. By default,
1163 1163 the most appropriate format is used and compression defaults to
1164 1164 bzip2.
1165 1165
1166 1166 The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means
1167 1167 and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull
1168 1168 command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not
1169 1169 available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.
1170 1170
1171 1171 Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including
1172 1172 permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.
1173 1173
1174 1174 Returns 0 on success, 1 if no changes found.
1175 1175 """
1176 1176 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1177 1177 revs = None
1178 1178 if 'rev' in opts:
1179 1179 revstrings = opts['rev']
1180 1180 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revstrings)
1181 1181 if revstrings and not revs:
1182 1182 raise error.Abort(_('no commits to bundle'))
1183 1183
1184 1184 bundletype = opts.get('type', 'bzip2').lower()
1185 1185 try:
1186 1186 bundlespec = exchange.parsebundlespec(repo, bundletype, strict=False)
1187 1187 except error.UnsupportedBundleSpecification as e:
1188 1188 raise error.Abort(pycompat.bytestr(e),
1189 1189 hint=_("see 'hg help bundlespec' for supported "
1190 1190 "values for --type"))
1191 1191 cgversion = bundlespec.contentopts["cg.version"]
1192 1192
1193 1193 # Packed bundles are a pseudo bundle format for now.
1194 1194 if cgversion == 's1':
1195 1195 raise error.Abort(_('packed bundles cannot be produced by "hg bundle"'),
1196 1196 hint=_("use 'hg debugcreatestreamclonebundle'"))
1197 1197
1198 1198 if opts.get('all'):
1199 1199 if dest:
1200 1200 raise error.Abort(_("--all is incompatible with specifying "
1201 1201 "a destination"))
1202 1202 if opts.get('base'):
1203 1203 ui.warn(_("ignoring --base because --all was specified\n"))
1204 1204 base = ['null']
1205 1205 else:
1206 1206 base = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('base'))
1207 1207 if cgversion not in changegroup.supportedoutgoingversions(repo):
1208 1208 raise error.Abort(_("repository does not support bundle version %s") %
1209 1209 cgversion)
1210 1210
1211 1211 if base:
1212 1212 if dest:
1213 1213 raise error.Abort(_("--base is incompatible with specifying "
1214 1214 "a destination"))
1215 1215 common = [repo[rev].node() for rev in base]
1216 1216 heads = [repo[r].node() for r in revs] if revs else None
1217 1217 outgoing = discovery.outgoing(repo, common, heads)
1218 1218 else:
1219 1219 dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default')
1220 1220 dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch'))
1221 1221 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest)
1222 1222 revs = [repo[r].hex() for r in revs]
1223 1223 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, revs)
1224 1224 heads = revs and pycompat.maplist(repo.lookup, revs) or revs
1225 1225 outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, other,
1226 1226 onlyheads=heads,
1227 1227 force=opts.get('force'),
1228 1228 portable=True)
1229 1229
1230 1230 if not outgoing.missing:
1231 1231 scmutil.nochangesfound(ui, repo, not base and outgoing.excluded)
1232 1232 return 1
1233 1233
1234 1234 if cgversion == '01': #bundle1
1235 1235 bversion = 'HG10' + bundlespec.wirecompression
1236 1236 bcompression = None
1237 1237 elif cgversion in ('02', '03'):
1238 1238 bversion = 'HG20'
1239 1239 bcompression = bundlespec.wirecompression
1240 1240 else:
1241 1241 raise error.ProgrammingError(
1242 1242 'bundle: unexpected changegroup version %s' % cgversion)
1243 1243
1244 1244 # TODO compression options should be derived from bundlespec parsing.
1245 1245 # This is a temporary hack to allow adjusting bundle compression
1246 1246 # level without a) formalizing the bundlespec changes to declare it
1247 1247 # b) introducing a command flag.
1248 1248 compopts = {}
1249 1249 complevel = ui.configint('experimental',
1250 1250 'bundlecomplevel.' + bundlespec.compression)
1251 1251 if complevel is None:
1252 1252 complevel = ui.configint('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel')
1253 1253 if complevel is not None:
1254 1254 compopts['level'] = complevel
1255 1255
1256 1256 # Allow overriding the bundling of obsmarker in phases through
1257 1257 # configuration while we don't have a bundle version that include them
1258 1258 if repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'evolution.bundle-obsmarker'):
1259 1259 bundlespec.contentopts['obsolescence'] = True
1260 1260 if repo.ui.configbool('experimental', 'bundle-phases'):
1261 1261 bundlespec.contentopts['phases'] = True
1262 1262
1263 1263 bundle2.writenewbundle(ui, repo, 'bundle', fname, bversion, outgoing,
1264 1264 bundlespec.contentopts, compression=bcompression,
1265 1265 compopts=compopts)
1266 1266
1267 1267 @command('cat',
1268 1268 [('o', 'output', '',
1269 1269 _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')),
1270 1270 ('r', 'rev', '', _('print the given revision'), _('REV')),
1271 1271 ('', 'decode', None, _('apply any matching decode filter')),
1272 1272 ] + walkopts + formatteropts,
1273 1273 _('[OPTION]... FILE...'),
1274 1274 inferrepo=True,
1275 1275 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1276 1276 def cat(ui, repo, file1, *pats, **opts):
1277 1277 """output the current or given revision of files
1278 1278
1279 1279 Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If
1280 1280 no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used.
1281 1281
1282 1282 Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
1283 1283 given using a template string. See :hg:`help templates`. In addition
1284 1284 to the common template keywords, the following formatting rules are
1285 1285 supported:
1286 1286
1287 1287 :``%%``: literal "%" character
1288 1288 :``%s``: basename of file being printed
1289 1289 :``%d``: dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
1290 1290 :``%p``: root-relative path name of file being printed
1291 1291 :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits)
1292 1292 :``%R``: changeset revision number
1293 1293 :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits)
1294 1294 :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number
1295 1295 :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository
1296 1296 :``\\``: literal "\\" character
1297 1297
1298 1298 Returns 0 on success.
1299 1299 """
1300 1300 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1301 1301 rev = opts.get('rev')
1302 1302 if rev:
1303 1303 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
1304 1304 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev)
1305 1305 m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file1,) + pats, opts)
1306 1306 fntemplate = opts.pop('output', '')
1307 1307 if cmdutil.isstdiofilename(fntemplate):
1308 1308 fntemplate = ''
1309 1309
1310 1310 if fntemplate:
1311 1311 fm = formatter.nullformatter(ui, 'cat', opts)
1312 1312 else:
1313 1313 ui.pager('cat')
1314 1314 fm = ui.formatter('cat', opts)
1315 1315 with fm:
1316 1316 return cmdutil.cat(ui, repo, ctx, m, fm, fntemplate, '',
1317 1317 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
1318 1318
1319 1319 @command('^clone',
1320 1320 [('U', 'noupdate', None, _('the clone will include an empty working '
1321 1321 'directory (only a repository)')),
1322 1322 ('u', 'updaterev', '', _('revision, tag, or branch to check out'),
1323 1323 _('REV')),
1324 1324 ('r', 'rev', [], _('do not clone everything, but include this changeset'
1325 1325 ' and its ancestors'), _('REV')),
1326 1326 ('b', 'branch', [], _('do not clone everything, but include this branch\'s'
1327 1327 ' changesets and their ancestors'), _('BRANCH')),
1328 1328 ('', 'pull', None, _('use pull protocol to copy metadata')),
1329 1329 ('', 'uncompressed', None,
1330 1330 _('an alias to --stream (DEPRECATED)')),
1331 1331 ('', 'stream', None,
1332 1332 _('clone with minimal data processing')),
1333 1333 ] + remoteopts,
1334 1334 _('[OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]'),
1335 1335 norepo=True)
1336 1336 def clone(ui, source, dest=None, **opts):
1337 1337 """make a copy of an existing repository
1338 1338
1339 1339 Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.
1340 1340
1341 1341 If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the
1342 1342 basename of the source.
1343 1343
1344 1344 The location of the source is added to the new repository's
1345 1345 ``.hg/hgrc`` file, as the default to be used for future pulls.
1346 1346
1347 1347 Only local paths and ``ssh://`` URLs are supported as
1348 1348 destinations. For ``ssh://`` destinations, no working directory or
1349 1349 ``.hg/hgrc`` will be created on the remote side.
1350 1350
1351 1351 If the source repository has a bookmark called '@' set, that
1352 1352 revision will be checked out in the new repository by default.
1353 1353
1354 1354 To check out a particular version, use -u/--update, or
1355 1355 -U/--noupdate to create a clone with no working directory.
1356 1356
1357 1357 To pull only a subset of changesets, specify one or more revisions
1358 1358 identifiers with -r/--rev or branches with -b/--branch. The
1359 1359 resulting clone will contain only the specified changesets and
1360 1360 their ancestors. These options (or 'clone src#rev dest') imply
1361 1361 --pull, even for local source repositories.
1362 1362
1363 1363 In normal clone mode, the remote normalizes repository data into a common
1364 1364 exchange format and the receiving end translates this data into its local
1365 1365 storage format. --stream activates a different clone mode that essentially
1366 1366 copies repository files from the remote with minimal data processing. This
1367 1367 significantly reduces the CPU cost of a clone both remotely and locally.
1368 1368 However, it often increases the transferred data size by 30-40%. This can
1369 1369 result in substantially faster clones where I/O throughput is plentiful,
1370 1370 especially for larger repositories. A side-effect of --stream clones is
1371 1371 that storage settings and requirements on the remote are applied locally:
1372 1372 a modern client may inherit legacy or inefficient storage used by the
1373 1373 remote or a legacy Mercurial client may not be able to clone from a
1374 1374 modern Mercurial remote.
1375 1375
1376 1376 .. note::
1377 1377
1378 1378 Specifying a tag will include the tagged changeset but not the
1379 1379 changeset containing the tag.
1380 1380
1381 1381 .. container:: verbose
1382 1382
1383 1383 For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the
1384 1384 source and destination are on the same filesystem (note this
1385 1385 applies only to the repository data, not to the working
1386 1386 directory). Some filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking
1387 1387 incorrectly, but do not report errors. In these cases, use the
1388 1388 --pull option to avoid hardlinking.
1389 1389
1390 1390 Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable
1391 1391 revision from this list:
1392 1392
1393 1393 a) null if -U or the source repository has no changesets
1394 1394 b) if -u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of
1395 1395 the source repository's working directory
1396 1396 c) the changeset specified with -u (if a branch name, this means the
1397 1397 latest head of that branch)
1398 1398 d) the changeset specified with -r
1399 1399 e) the tipmost head specified with -b
1400 1400 f) the tipmost head specified with the url#branch source syntax
1401 1401 g) the revision marked with the '@' bookmark, if present
1402 1402 h) the tipmost head of the default branch
1403 1403 i) tip
1404 1404
1405 1405 When cloning from servers that support it, Mercurial may fetch
1406 1406 pre-generated data from a server-advertised URL or inline from the
1407 1407 same stream. When this is done, hooks operating on incoming changesets
1408 1408 and changegroups may fire more than once, once for each pre-generated
1409 1409 bundle and as well as for any additional remaining data. In addition,
1410 1410 if an error occurs, the repository may be rolled back to a partial
1411 1411 clone. This behavior may change in future releases.
1412 1412 See :hg:`help -e clonebundles` for more.
1413 1413
1414 1414 Examples:
1415 1415
1416 1416 - clone a remote repository to a new directory named hg/::
1417 1417
1418 1418 hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/
1419 1419
1420 1420 - create a lightweight local clone::
1421 1421
1422 1422 hg clone project/ project-feature/
1423 1423
1424 1424 - clone from an absolute path on an ssh server (note double-slash)::
1425 1425
1426 1426 hg clone ssh://user@server//home/projects/alpha/
1427 1427
1428 1428 - do a streaming clone while checking out a specified version::
1429 1429
1430 1430 hg clone --stream http://server/repo -u 1.5
1431 1431
1432 1432 - create a repository without changesets after a particular revision::
1433 1433
1434 1434 hg clone -r 04e544 experimental/ good/
1435 1435
1436 1436 - clone (and track) a particular named branch::
1437 1437
1438 1438 hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/#stable
1439 1439
1440 1440 See :hg:`help urls` for details on specifying URLs.
1441 1441
1442 1442 Returns 0 on success.
1443 1443 """
1444 1444 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1445 1445 if opts.get('noupdate') and opts.get('updaterev'):
1446 1446 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both --noupdate and --updaterev"))
1447 1447
1448 1448 r = hg.clone(ui, opts, source, dest,
1449 1449 pull=opts.get('pull'),
1450 1450 stream=opts.get('stream') or opts.get('uncompressed'),
1451 1451 revs=opts.get('rev'),
1452 1452 update=opts.get('updaterev') or not opts.get('noupdate'),
1453 1453 branch=opts.get('branch'),
1454 1454 shareopts=opts.get('shareopts'))
1455 1455
1456 1456 return r is None
1457 1457
1458 1458 @command('^commit|ci',
1459 1459 [('A', 'addremove', None,
1460 1460 _('mark new/missing files as added/removed before committing')),
1461 1461 ('', 'close-branch', None,
1462 1462 _('mark a branch head as closed')),
1463 1463 ('', 'amend', None, _('amend the parent of the working directory')),
1464 1464 ('s', 'secret', None, _('use the secret phase for committing')),
1465 1465 ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
1466 1466 ('i', 'interactive', None, _('use interactive mode')),
1467 1467 ] + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2 + subrepoopts,
1468 1468 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
1469 1469 inferrepo=True)
1470 1470 def commit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
1471 1471 """commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
1472 1472
1473 1473 Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a
1474 1474 centralized SCM, this operation is a local operation. See
1475 1475 :hg:`push` for a way to actively distribute your changes.
1476 1476
1477 1477 If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by :hg:`status`
1478 1478 will be committed.
1479 1479
1480 1480 If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any
1481 1481 filenames or -I/-X filters.
1482 1482
1483 1483 If no commit message is specified, Mercurial starts your
1484 1484 configured editor where you can enter a message. In case your
1485 1485 commit fails, you will find a backup of your message in
1486 1486 ``.hg/last-message.txt``.
1487 1487
1488 1488 The --close-branch flag can be used to mark the current branch
1489 1489 head closed. When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch
1490 1490 will be considered closed and no longer listed.
1491 1491
1492 1492 The --amend flag can be used to amend the parent of the
1493 1493 working directory with a new commit that contains the changes
1494 1494 in the parent in addition to those currently reported by :hg:`status`,
1495 1495 if there are any. The old commit is stored in a backup bundle in
1496 1496 ``.hg/strip-backup`` (see :hg:`help bundle` and :hg:`help unbundle`
1497 1497 on how to restore it).
1498 1498
1499 1499 Message, user and date are taken from the amended commit unless
1500 1500 specified. When a message isn't specified on the command line,
1501 1501 the editor will open with the message of the amended commit.
1502 1502
1503 1503 It is not possible to amend public changesets (see :hg:`help phases`)
1504 1504 or changesets that have children.
1505 1505
1506 1506 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
1507 1507
1508 1508 Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed.
1509 1509
1510 1510 .. container:: verbose
1511 1511
1512 1512 Examples:
1513 1513
1514 1514 - commit all files ending in .py::
1515 1515
1516 1516 hg commit --include "set:**.py"
1517 1517
1518 1518 - commit all non-binary files::
1519 1519
1520 1520 hg commit --exclude "set:binary()"
1521 1521
1522 1522 - amend the current commit and set the date to now::
1523 1523
1524 1524 hg commit --amend --date now
1525 1525 """
1526 1526 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock():
1527 1527 return _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts)
1528 1528
1529 1529 def _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
1530 1530 if opts.get(r'interactive'):
1531 1531 opts.pop(r'interactive')
1532 1532 ret = cmdutil.dorecord(ui, repo, commit, None, False,
1533 1533 cmdutil.recordfilter, *pats,
1534 1534 **opts)
1535 1535 # ret can be 0 (no changes to record) or the value returned by
1536 1536 # commit(), 1 if nothing changed or None on success.
1537 1537 return 1 if ret == 0 else ret
1538 1538
1539 1539 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1540 1540 if opts.get('subrepos'):
1541 1541 if opts.get('amend'):
1542 1542 raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with --subrepos'))
1543 1543 # Let --subrepos on the command line override config setting.
1544 1544 ui.setconfig('ui', 'commitsubrepos', True, 'commit')
1545 1545
1546 1546 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo, commit=True)
1547 1547
1548 1548 branch = repo[None].branch()
1549 1549 bheads = repo.branchheads(branch)
1550 1550
1551 1551 extra = {}
1552 1552 if opts.get('close_branch'):
1553 1553 extra['close'] = '1'
1554 1554
1555 1555 if not bheads:
1556 1556 raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads'))
1557 1557 elif opts.get('amend'):
1558 1558 if repo[None].parents()[0].p1().branch() != branch and \
1559 1559 repo[None].parents()[0].p2().branch() != branch:
1560 1560 raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads'))
1561 1561
1562 1562 if opts.get('amend'):
1563 1563 if ui.configbool('ui', 'commitsubrepos'):
1564 1564 raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with ui.commitsubrepos enabled'))
1565 1565
1566 1566 old = repo['.']
1567 1567 rewriteutil.precheck(repo, [old.rev()], 'amend')
1568 1568
1569 1569 # Currently histedit gets confused if an amend happens while histedit
1570 1570 # is in progress. Since we have a checkunfinished command, we are
1571 1571 # temporarily honoring it.
1572 1572 #
1573 1573 # Note: eventually this guard will be removed. Please do not expect
1574 1574 # this behavior to remain.
1575 1575 if not obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt):
1576 1576 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
1577 1577
1578 1578 node = cmdutil.amend(ui, repo, old, extra, pats, opts)
1579 1579 if node == old.node():
1580 1580 ui.status(_("nothing changed\n"))
1581 1581 return 1
1582 1582 else:
1583 1583 def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
1584 1584 overrides = {}
1585 1585 if opts.get('secret'):
1586 1586 overrides[('phases', 'new-commit')] = 'secret'
1587 1587
1588 1588 baseui = repo.baseui
1589 1589 with baseui.configoverride(overrides, 'commit'):
1590 1590 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'commit'):
1591 1591 editform = cmdutil.mergeeditform(repo[None],
1592 1592 'commit.normal')
1593 1593 editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(
1594 1594 editform=editform, **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
1595 1595 return repo.commit(message,
1596 1596 opts.get('user'),
1597 1597 opts.get('date'),
1598 1598 match,
1599 1599 editor=editor,
1600 1600 extra=extra)
1601 1601
1602 1602 node = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, pats, opts)
1603 1603
1604 1604 if not node:
1605 1605 stat = cmdutil.postcommitstatus(repo, pats, opts)
1606 1606 if stat[3]:
1607 1607 ui.status(_("nothing changed (%d missing files, see "
1608 1608 "'hg status')\n") % len(stat[3]))
1609 1609 else:
1610 1610 ui.status(_("nothing changed\n"))
1611 1611 return 1
1612 1612
1613 1613 cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, node, branch, bheads, opts)
1614 1614
1615 1615 @command('config|showconfig|debugconfig',
1616 1616 [('u', 'untrusted', None, _('show untrusted configuration options')),
1617 1617 ('e', 'edit', None, _('edit user config')),
1618 1618 ('l', 'local', None, _('edit repository config')),
1619 1619 ('g', 'global', None, _('edit global config'))] + formatteropts,
1620 1620 _('[-u] [NAME]...'),
1621 1621 optionalrepo=True,
1622 1622 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1623 1623 def config(ui, repo, *values, **opts):
1624 1624 """show combined config settings from all hgrc files
1625 1625
1626 1626 With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.
1627 1627
1628 1628 With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value
1629 1629 of that config item.
1630 1630
1631 1631 With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config
1632 1632 items with matching section names or section.names.
1633 1633
1634 1634 With --edit, start an editor on the user-level config file. With
1635 1635 --global, edit the system-wide config file. With --local, edit the
1636 1636 repository-level config file.
1637 1637
1638 1638 With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed
1639 1639 for each config item.
1640 1640
1641 1641 See :hg:`help config` for more information about config files.
1642 1642
1643 1643 Returns 0 on success, 1 if NAME does not exist.
1644 1644
1645 1645 """
1646 1646
1647 1647 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1648 1648 if opts.get('edit') or opts.get('local') or opts.get('global'):
1649 1649 if opts.get('local') and opts.get('global'):
1650 1650 raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local and --global together"))
1651 1651
1652 1652 if opts.get('local'):
1653 1653 if not repo:
1654 1654 raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local outside a repository"))
1655 1655 paths = [repo.vfs.join('hgrc')]
1656 1656 elif opts.get('global'):
1657 1657 paths = rcutil.systemrcpath()
1658 1658 else:
1659 1659 paths = rcutil.userrcpath()
1660 1660
1661 1661 for f in paths:
1662 1662 if os.path.exists(f):
1663 1663 break
1664 1664 else:
1665 1665 if opts.get('global'):
1666 1666 samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['global']
1667 1667 elif opts.get('local'):
1668 1668 samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['local']
1669 1669 else:
1670 1670 samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['user']
1671 1671
1672 1672 f = paths[0]
1673 1673 fp = open(f, "wb")
1674 1674 fp.write(util.tonativeeol(samplehgrc))
1675 1675 fp.close()
1676 1676
1677 1677 editor = ui.geteditor()
1678 1678 ui.system("%s \"%s\"" % (editor, f),
1679 1679 onerr=error.Abort, errprefix=_("edit failed"),
1680 1680 blockedtag='config_edit')
1681 1681 return
1682 1682 ui.pager('config')
1683 1683 fm = ui.formatter('config', opts)
1684 1684 for t, f in rcutil.rccomponents():
1685 1685 if t == 'path':
1686 1686 ui.debug('read config from: %s\n' % f)
1687 1687 elif t == 'items':
1688 1688 for section, name, value, source in f:
1689 1689 ui.debug('set config by: %s\n' % source)
1690 1690 else:
1691 1691 raise error.ProgrammingError('unknown rctype: %s' % t)
1692 1692 untrusted = bool(opts.get('untrusted'))
1693 1693
1694 1694 selsections = selentries = []
1695 1695 if values:
1696 1696 selsections = [v for v in values if '.' not in v]
1697 1697 selentries = [v for v in values if '.' in v]
1698 1698 uniquesel = (len(selentries) == 1 and not selsections)
1699 1699 selsections = set(selsections)
1700 1700 selentries = set(selentries)
1701 1701
1702 1702 matched = False
1703 1703 for section, name, value in ui.walkconfig(untrusted=untrusted):
1704 1704 source = ui.configsource(section, name, untrusted)
1705 1705 value = pycompat.bytestr(value)
1706 1706 if fm.isplain():
1707 1707 source = source or 'none'
1708 1708 value = value.replace('\n', '\\n')
1709 1709 entryname = section + '.' + name
1710 1710 if values and not (section in selsections or entryname in selentries):
1711 1711 continue
1712 1712 fm.startitem()
1713 1713 fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source)
1714 1714 if uniquesel:
1715 1715 fm.data(name=entryname)
1716 1716 fm.write('value', '%s\n', value)
1717 1717 else:
1718 1718 fm.write('name value', '%s=%s\n', entryname, value)
1719 1719 matched = True
1720 1720 fm.end()
1721 1721 if matched:
1722 1722 return 0
1723 1723 return 1
1724 1724
1725 1725 @command('copy|cp',
1726 1726 [('A', 'after', None, _('record a copy that has already occurred')),
1727 1727 ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')),
1728 1728 ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
1729 1729 _('[OPTION]... [SOURCE]... DEST'))
1730 1730 def copy(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
1731 1731 """mark files as copied for the next commit
1732 1732
1733 1733 Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a
1734 1734 directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,
1735 1735 the source must be a single file.
1736 1736
1737 1737 By default, this command copies the contents of files as they
1738 1738 exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the
1739 1739 operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
1740 1740
1741 1741 This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy
1742 1742 before that, see :hg:`revert`.
1743 1743
1744 1744 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
1745 1745 """
1746 1746 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1747 1747 with repo.wlock(False):
1748 1748 return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts)
1749 1749
1750 1750 @command('debugcommands', [], _('[COMMAND]'), norepo=True)
1751 1751 def debugcommands(ui, cmd='', *args):
1752 1752 """list all available commands and options"""
1753 1753 for cmd, vals in sorted(table.iteritems()):
1754 1754 cmd = cmd.split('|')[0].strip('^')
1755 1755 opts = ', '.join([i[1] for i in vals[1]])
1756 1756 ui.write('%s: %s\n' % (cmd, opts))
1757 1757
1758 1758 @command('debugcomplete',
1759 1759 [('o', 'options', None, _('show the command options'))],
1760 1760 _('[-o] CMD'),
1761 1761 norepo=True)
1762 1762 def debugcomplete(ui, cmd='', **opts):
1763 1763 """returns the completion list associated with the given command"""
1764 1764
1765 1765 if opts.get(r'options'):
1766 1766 options = []
1767 1767 otables = [globalopts]
1768 1768 if cmd:
1769 1769 aliases, entry = cmdutil.findcmd(cmd, table, False)
1770 1770 otables.append(entry[1])
1771 1771 for t in otables:
1772 1772 for o in t:
1773 1773 if "(DEPRECATED)" in o[3]:
1774 1774 continue
1775 1775 if o[0]:
1776 1776 options.append('-%s' % o[0])
1777 1777 options.append('--%s' % o[1])
1778 1778 ui.write("%s\n" % "\n".join(options))
1779 1779 return
1780 1780
1781 1781 cmdlist, unused_allcmds = cmdutil.findpossible(cmd, table)
1782 1782 if ui.verbose:
1783 1783 cmdlist = [' '.join(c[0]) for c in cmdlist.values()]
1784 1784 ui.write("%s\n" % "\n".join(sorted(cmdlist)))
1785 1785
1786 1786 @command('^diff',
1787 1787 [('r', 'rev', [], _('revision'), _('REV')),
1788 1788 ('c', 'change', '', _('change made by revision'), _('REV'))
1789 1789 ] + diffopts + diffopts2 + walkopts + subrepoopts,
1790 1790 _('[OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]...'),
1791 1791 inferrepo=True,
1792 1792 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1793 1793 def diff(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
1794 1794 """diff repository (or selected files)
1795 1795
1796 1796 Show differences between revisions for the specified files.
1797 1797
1798 1798 Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.
1799 1799
1800 1800 .. note::
1801 1801
1802 1802 :hg:`diff` may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will
1803 1803 default to comparing against the working directory's first
1804 1804 parent changeset if no revisions are specified.
1805 1805
1806 1806 When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown
1807 1807 between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then
1808 1808 that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no
1809 1809 revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared
1810 1810 to its first parent.
1811 1811
1812 1812 Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see
1813 1813 the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent.
1814 1814
1815 1815 Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of
1816 1816 files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff
1817 1817 anyway, probably with undesirable results.
1818 1818
1819 1819 Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
1820 1820 format. For more information, read :hg:`help diffs`.
1821 1821
1822 1822 .. container:: verbose
1823 1823
1824 1824 Examples:
1825 1825
1826 1826 - compare a file in the current working directory to its parent::
1827 1827
1828 1828 hg diff foo.c
1829 1829
1830 1830 - compare two historical versions of a directory, with rename info::
1831 1831
1832 1832 hg diff --git -r 1.0:1.2 lib/
1833 1833
1834 1834 - get change stats relative to the last change on some date::
1835 1835
1836 1836 hg diff --stat -r "date('may 2')"
1837 1837
1838 1838 - diff all newly-added files that contain a keyword::
1839 1839
1840 1840 hg diff "set:added() and grep(GNU)"
1841 1841
1842 1842 - compare a revision and its parents::
1843 1843
1844 1844 hg diff -c 9353 # compare against first parent
1845 1845 hg diff -r 9353^:9353 # same using revset syntax
1846 1846 hg diff -r 9353^2:9353 # compare against the second parent
1847 1847
1848 1848 Returns 0 on success.
1849 1849 """
1850 1850
1851 1851 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1852 1852 revs = opts.get('rev')
1853 1853 change = opts.get('change')
1854 1854 stat = opts.get('stat')
1855 1855 reverse = opts.get('reverse')
1856 1856
1857 1857 if revs and change:
1858 1858 msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time')
1859 1859 raise error.Abort(msg)
1860 1860 elif change:
1861 1861 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [change], 'nowarn')
1862 1862 ctx2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None)
1863 1863 ctx1 = ctx2.p1()
1864 1864 else:
1865 1865 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, revs, 'nowarn')
1866 1866 ctx1, ctx2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs)
1867 1867 node1, node2 = ctx1.node(), ctx2.node()
1868 1868
1869 1869 if reverse:
1870 1870 node1, node2 = node2, node1
1871 1871
1872 1872 diffopts = patch.diffallopts(ui, opts)
1873 1873 m = scmutil.match(ctx2, pats, opts)
1874 1874 ui.pager('diff')
1875 1875 logcmdutil.diffordiffstat(ui, repo, diffopts, node1, node2, m, stat=stat,
1876 1876 listsubrepos=opts.get('subrepos'),
1877 1877 root=opts.get('root'))
1878 1878
1879 1879 @command('^export',
1880 1880 [('B', 'bookmark', '',
1881 1881 _('export changes only reachable by given bookmark')),
1882 1882 ('o', 'output', '',
1883 1883 _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')),
1884 1884 ('', 'switch-parent', None, _('diff against the second parent')),
1885 1885 ('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to export'), _('REV')),
1886 1886 ] + diffopts + formatteropts,
1887 1887 _('[OPTION]... [-o OUTFILESPEC] [-r] [REV]...'),
1888 1888 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
1889 1889 def export(ui, repo, *changesets, **opts):
1890 1890 """dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
1891 1891
1892 1892 Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.
1893 1893 If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used.
1894 1894
1895 1895 The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date,
1896 1896 branch name (if non-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit
1897 1897 comment.
1898 1898
1899 1899 .. note::
1900 1900
1901 1901 :hg:`export` may generate unexpected diff output for merge
1902 1902 changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its
1903 1903 first parent only.
1904 1904
1905 1905 Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
1906 1906 given using a template string. See :hg:`help templates`. In addition
1907 1907 to the common template keywords, the following formatting rules are
1908 1908 supported:
1909 1909
1910 1910 :``%%``: literal "%" character
1911 1911 :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits)
1912 1912 :``%N``: number of patches being generated
1913 1913 :``%R``: changeset revision number
1914 1914 :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository
1915 1915 :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits)
1916 1916 :``%m``: first line of the commit message (only alphanumeric characters)
1917 1917 :``%n``: zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1
1918 1918 :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number
1919 1919 :``\\``: literal "\\" character
1920 1920
1921 1921 Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs
1922 1922 of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a
1923 1923 diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.
1924 1924
1925 1925 With -B/--bookmark changesets reachable by the given bookmark are
1926 1926 selected.
1927 1927
1928 1928 Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
1929 1929 format. See :hg:`help diffs` for more information.
1930 1930
1931 1931 With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the
1932 1932 second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.
1933 1933
1934 1934 .. container:: verbose
1935 1935
1936 1936 Examples:
1937 1937
1938 1938 - use export and import to transplant a bugfix to the current
1939 1939 branch::
1940 1940
1941 1941 hg export -r 9353 | hg import -
1942 1942
1943 1943 - export all the changesets between two revisions to a file with
1944 1944 rename information::
1945 1945
1946 1946 hg export --git -r 123:150 > changes.txt
1947 1947
1948 1948 - split outgoing changes into a series of patches with
1949 1949 descriptive names::
1950 1950
1951 1951 hg export -r "outgoing()" -o "%n-%m.patch"
1952 1952
1953 1953 Returns 0 on success.
1954 1954 """
1955 1955 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
1956 1956 bookmark = opts.get('bookmark')
1957 1957 changesets += tuple(opts.get('rev', []))
1958 1958
1959 1959 if bookmark and changesets:
1960 1960 raise error.Abort(_("-r and -B are mutually exclusive"))
1961 1961
1962 1962 if bookmark:
1963 1963 if bookmark not in repo._bookmarks:
1964 1964 raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' not found") % bookmark)
1965 1965
1966 1966 revs = scmutil.bookmarkrevs(repo, bookmark)
1967 1967 else:
1968 1968 if not changesets:
1969 1969 changesets = ['.']
1970 1970
1971 1971 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, changesets, 'nowarn')
1972 1972 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, changesets)
1973 1973
1974 1974 if not revs:
1975 1975 raise error.Abort(_("export requires at least one changeset"))
1976 1976 if len(revs) > 1:
1977 1977 ui.note(_('exporting patches:\n'))
1978 1978 else:
1979 1979 ui.note(_('exporting patch:\n'))
1980 1980
1981 1981 fntemplate = opts.get('output')
1982 1982 if cmdutil.isstdiofilename(fntemplate):
1983 1983 fntemplate = ''
1984 1984
1985 1985 if fntemplate:
1986 1986 fm = formatter.nullformatter(ui, 'export', opts)
1987 1987 else:
1988 1988 ui.pager('export')
1989 1989 fm = ui.formatter('export', opts)
1990 1990 with fm:
1991 1991 cmdutil.export(repo, revs, fm, fntemplate=fntemplate,
1992 1992 switch_parent=opts.get('switch_parent'),
1993 1993 opts=patch.diffallopts(ui, opts))
1994 1994
1995 1995 @command('files',
1996 1996 [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')),
1997 1997 ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')),
1998 1998 ] + walkopts + formatteropts + subrepoopts,
1999 1999 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
2000 2000 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2001 2001 def files(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
2002 2002 """list tracked files
2003 2003
2004 2004 Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory or
2005 2005 specified revision for given files (excluding removed files).
2006 2006 Files can be specified as filenames or filesets.
2007 2007
2008 2008 If no files are given to match, this command prints the names
2009 2009 of all files under Mercurial control.
2010 2010
2011 2011 .. container:: verbose
2012 2012
2013 2013 Examples:
2014 2014
2015 2015 - list all files under the current directory::
2016 2016
2017 2017 hg files .
2018 2018
2019 2019 - shows sizes and flags for current revision::
2020 2020
2021 2021 hg files -vr .
2022 2022
2023 2023 - list all files named README::
2024 2024
2025 2025 hg files -I "**/README"
2026 2026
2027 2027 - list all binary files::
2028 2028
2029 2029 hg files "set:binary()"
2030 2030
2031 2031 - find files containing a regular expression::
2032 2032
2033 2033 hg files "set:grep('bob')"
2034 2034
2035 2035 - search tracked file contents with xargs and grep::
2036 2036
2037 2037 hg files -0 | xargs -0 grep foo
2038 2038
2039 2039 See :hg:`help patterns` and :hg:`help filesets` for more information
2040 2040 on specifying file patterns.
2041 2041
2042 2042 Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.
2043 2043
2044 2044 """
2045 2045
2046 2046 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2047 2047 rev = opts.get('rev')
2048 2048 if rev:
2049 2049 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
2050 2050 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None)
2051 2051
2052 2052 end = '\n'
2053 2053 if opts.get('print0'):
2054 2054 end = '\0'
2055 2055 fmt = '%s' + end
2056 2056
2057 2057 m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts)
2058 2058 ui.pager('files')
2059 2059 with ui.formatter('files', opts) as fm:
2060 2060 return cmdutil.files(ui, ctx, m, fm, fmt, opts.get('subrepos'))
2061 2061
2062 2062 @command(
2063 2063 '^forget',
2064 2064 [('i', 'interactive', None, _('use interactive mode')),
2065 2065 ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
2066 2066 _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), inferrepo=True)
2067 2067 def forget(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
2068 2068 """forget the specified files on the next commit
2069 2069
2070 2070 Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked
2071 2071 after the next commit.
2072 2072
2073 2073 This only removes files from the current branch, not from the
2074 2074 entire project history, and it does not delete them from the
2075 2075 working directory.
2076 2076
2077 2077 To delete the file from the working directory, see :hg:`remove`.
2078 2078
2079 2079 To undo a forget before the next commit, see :hg:`add`.
2080 2080
2081 2081 .. container:: verbose
2082 2082
2083 2083 Examples:
2084 2084
2085 2085 - forget newly-added binary files::
2086 2086
2087 2087 hg forget "set:added() and binary()"
2088 2088
2089 2089 - forget files that would be excluded by .hgignore::
2090 2090
2091 2091 hg forget "set:hgignore()"
2092 2092
2093 2093 Returns 0 on success.
2094 2094 """
2095 2095
2096 2096 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2097 2097 if not pats:
2098 2098 raise error.Abort(_('no files specified'))
2099 2099
2100 2100 m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
2101 2101 dryrun, interactive = opts.get('dry_run'), opts.get('interactive')
2102 2102 rejected = cmdutil.forget(ui, repo, m, prefix="",
2103 2103 explicitonly=False, dryrun=dryrun,
2104 2104 interactive=interactive)[0]
2105 2105 return rejected and 1 or 0
2106 2106
2107 2107 @command(
2108 2108 'graft',
2109 2109 [('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to graft'), _('REV')),
2110 2110 ('c', 'continue', False, _('resume interrupted graft')),
2111 2111 ('', 'stop', False, _('stop interrupted graft')),
2112 2112 ('', 'abort', False, _('abort interrupted graft')),
2113 2113 ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
2114 2114 ('', 'log', None, _('append graft info to log message')),
2115 2115 ('', 'no-commit', None,
2116 2116 _("don't commit, just apply the changes in working directory")),
2117 2117 ('f', 'force', False, _('force graft')),
2118 2118 ('D', 'currentdate', False,
2119 2119 _('record the current date as commit date')),
2120 2120 ('U', 'currentuser', False,
2121 2121 _('record the current user as committer'), _('DATE'))]
2122 2122 + commitopts2 + mergetoolopts + dryrunopts,
2123 2123 _('[OPTION]... [-r REV]... REV...'))
2124 2124 def graft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts):
2125 2125 '''copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
2126 2126
2127 2127 This command uses Mercurial's merge logic to copy individual
2128 2128 changes from other branches without merging branches in the
2129 2129 history graph. This is sometimes known as 'backporting' or
2130 2130 'cherry-picking'. By default, graft will copy user, date, and
2131 2131 description from the source changesets.
2132 2132
2133 2133 Changesets that are ancestors of the current revision, that have
2134 2134 already been grafted, or that are merges will be skipped.
2135 2135
2136 2136 If --log is specified, log messages will have a comment appended
2137 2137 of the form::
2138 2138
2139 2139 (grafted from CHANGESETHASH)
2140 2140
2141 2141 If --force is specified, revisions will be grafted even if they
2142 2142 are already ancestors of, or have been grafted to, the destination.
2143 2143 This is useful when the revisions have since been backed out.
2144 2144
2145 2145 If a graft merge results in conflicts, the graft process is
2146 2146 interrupted so that the current merge can be manually resolved.
2147 2147 Once all conflicts are addressed, the graft process can be
2148 2148 continued with the -c/--continue option.
2149 2149
2150 2150 The -c/--continue option reapplies all the earlier options.
2151 2151
2152 2152 .. container:: verbose
2153 2153
2154 2154 Examples:
2155 2155
2156 2156 - copy a single change to the stable branch and edit its description::
2157 2157
2158 2158 hg update stable
2159 2159 hg graft --edit 9393
2160 2160
2161 2161 - graft a range of changesets with one exception, updating dates::
2162 2162
2163 2163 hg graft -D "2085::2093 and not 2091"
2164 2164
2165 2165 - continue a graft after resolving conflicts::
2166 2166
2167 2167 hg graft -c
2168 2168
2169 2169 - show the source of a grafted changeset::
2170 2170
2171 2171 hg log --debug -r .
2172 2172
2173 2173 - show revisions sorted by date::
2174 2174
2175 2175 hg log -r "sort(all(), date)"
2176 2176
2177 2177 See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying revisions.
2178 2178
2179 2179 Returns 0 on successful completion.
2180 2180 '''
2181 2181 with repo.wlock():
2182 2182 return _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts)
2183 2183
2184 2184 def _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts):
2185 2185 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2186 2186 if revs and opts.get('rev'):
2187 2187 ui.warn(_('warning: inconsistent use of --rev might give unexpected '
2188 2188 'revision ordering!\n'))
2189 2189
2190 2190 revs = list(revs)
2191 2191 revs.extend(opts.get('rev'))
2192 2192 # a dict of data to be stored in state file
2193 2193 statedata = {}
2194 2194 # list of new nodes created by ongoing graft
2195 2195 statedata['newnodes'] = []
2196 2196
2197 2197 if not opts.get('user') and opts.get('currentuser'):
2198 2198 opts['user'] = ui.username()
2199 2199 if not opts.get('date') and opts.get('currentdate'):
2200 2200 opts['date'] = "%d %d" % dateutil.makedate()
2201 2201
2202 2202 editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform='graft',
2203 2203 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
2204 2204
2205 2205 cont = False
2206 2206 if opts.get('no_commit'):
2207 2207 if opts.get('edit'):
2208 2208 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --no-commit and "
2209 2209 "--edit together"))
2210 2210 if opts.get('currentuser'):
2211 2211 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --no-commit and "
2212 2212 "--currentuser together"))
2213 2213 if opts.get('currentdate'):
2214 2214 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --no-commit and "
2215 2215 "--currentdate together"))
2216 2216 if opts.get('log'):
2217 2217 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --no-commit and "
2218 2218 "--log together"))
2219 2219
2220 2220 graftstate = statemod.cmdstate(repo, 'graftstate')
2221 2221
2222 2222 if opts.get('stop'):
2223 2223 if opts.get('continue'):
2224 2224 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use '--continue' and "
2225 2225 "'--stop' together"))
2226 2226 if opts.get('abort'):
2227 2227 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use '--abort' and '--stop' together"))
2228 2228
2229 2229 if any((opts.get('edit'), opts.get('log'), opts.get('user'),
2230 2230 opts.get('date'), opts.get('currentdate'),
2231 2231 opts.get('currentuser'), opts.get('rev'))):
2232 2232 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify any other flag with '--stop'"))
2233 2233 return _stopgraft(ui, repo, graftstate)
2234 2234 elif opts.get('abort'):
2235 2235 if opts.get('continue'):
2236 2236 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use '--continue' and "
2237 2237 "'--abort' together"))
2238 2238 if any((opts.get('edit'), opts.get('log'), opts.get('user'),
2239 2239 opts.get('date'), opts.get('currentdate'),
2240 2240 opts.get('currentuser'), opts.get('rev'))):
2241 2241 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify any other flag with '--abort'"))
2242 2242
2243 2243 return _abortgraft(ui, repo, graftstate)
2244 2244 elif opts.get('continue'):
2245 2245 cont = True
2246 2246 if revs:
2247 2247 raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --continue and revisions"))
2248 2248 # read in unfinished revisions
2249 2249 if graftstate.exists():
2250 2250 statedata = _readgraftstate(repo, graftstate)
2251 2251 if statedata.get('date'):
2252 2252 opts['date'] = statedata['date']
2253 2253 if statedata.get('user'):
2254 2254 opts['user'] = statedata['user']
2255 2255 if statedata.get('log'):
2256 2256 opts['log'] = True
2257 2257 if statedata.get('no_commit'):
2258 2258 opts['no_commit'] = statedata.get('no_commit')
2259 2259 nodes = statedata['nodes']
2260 2260 revs = [repo[node].rev() for node in nodes]
2261 2261 else:
2262 2262 cmdutil.wrongtooltocontinue(repo, _('graft'))
2263 2263 else:
2264 2264 if not revs:
2265 2265 raise error.Abort(_('no revisions specified'))
2266 2266 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
2267 2267 cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
2268 2268 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)
2269 2269
2270 2270 skipped = set()
2271 2271 # check for merges
2272 2272 for rev in repo.revs('%ld and merge()', revs):
2273 2273 ui.warn(_('skipping ungraftable merge revision %d\n') % rev)
2274 2274 skipped.add(rev)
2275 2275 revs = [r for r in revs if r not in skipped]
2276 2276 if not revs:
2277 2277 return -1
2278 2278
2279 2279 # Don't check in the --continue case, in effect retaining --force across
2280 2280 # --continues. That's because without --force, any revisions we decided to
2281 2281 # skip would have been filtered out here, so they wouldn't have made their
2282 2282 # way to the graftstate. With --force, any revisions we would have otherwise
2283 2283 # skipped would not have been filtered out, and if they hadn't been applied
2284 2284 # already, they'd have been in the graftstate.
2285 2285 if not (cont or opts.get('force')):
2286 2286 # check for ancestors of dest branch
2287 2287 crev = repo['.'].rev()
2288 2288 ancestors = repo.changelog.ancestors([crev], inclusive=True)
2289 2289 # XXX make this lazy in the future
2290 2290 # don't mutate while iterating, create a copy
2291 2291 for rev in list(revs):
2292 2292 if rev in ancestors:
2293 2293 ui.warn(_('skipping ancestor revision %d:%s\n') %
2294 2294 (rev, repo[rev]))
2295 2295 # XXX remove on list is slow
2296 2296 revs.remove(rev)
2297 2297 if not revs:
2298 2298 return -1
2299 2299
2300 2300 # analyze revs for earlier grafts
2301 2301 ids = {}
2302 2302 for ctx in repo.set("%ld", revs):
2303 2303 ids[ctx.hex()] = ctx.rev()
2304 2304 n = ctx.extra().get('source')
2305 2305 if n:
2306 2306 ids[n] = ctx.rev()
2307 2307
2308 2308 # check ancestors for earlier grafts
2309 2309 ui.debug('scanning for duplicate grafts\n')
2310 2310
2311 2311 # The only changesets we can be sure doesn't contain grafts of any
2312 2312 # revs, are the ones that are common ancestors of *all* revs:
2313 2313 for rev in repo.revs('only(%d,ancestor(%ld))', crev, revs):
2314 2314 ctx = repo[rev]
2315 2315 n = ctx.extra().get('source')
2316 2316 if n in ids:
2317 2317 try:
2318 2318 r = repo[n].rev()
2319 2319 except error.RepoLookupError:
2320 2320 r = None
2321 2321 if r in revs:
2322 2322 ui.warn(_('skipping revision %d:%s '
2323 2323 '(already grafted to %d:%s)\n')
2324 2324 % (r, repo[r], rev, ctx))
2325 2325 revs.remove(r)
2326 2326 elif ids[n] in revs:
2327 2327 if r is None:
2328 2328 ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s '
2329 2329 '(%d:%s also has unknown origin %s)\n')
2330 2330 % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, n[:12]))
2331 2331 else:
2332 2332 ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s '
2333 2333 '(%d:%s also has origin %d:%s)\n')
2334 2334 % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, r, n[:12]))
2335 2335 revs.remove(ids[n])
2336 2336 elif ctx.hex() in ids:
2337 2337 r = ids[ctx.hex()]
2338 2338 ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s '
2339 2339 '(was grafted from %d:%s)\n') %
2340 2340 (r, repo[r], rev, ctx))
2341 2341 revs.remove(r)
2342 2342 if not revs:
2343 2343 return -1
2344 2344
2345 2345 if opts.get('no_commit'):
2346 2346 statedata['no_commit'] = True
2347 2347 for pos, ctx in enumerate(repo.set("%ld", revs)):
2348 2348 desc = '%d:%s "%s"' % (ctx.rev(), ctx,
2349 2349 ctx.description().split('\n', 1)[0])
2350 2350 names = repo.nodetags(ctx.node()) + repo.nodebookmarks(ctx.node())
2351 2351 if names:
2352 2352 desc += ' (%s)' % ' '.join(names)
2353 2353 ui.status(_('grafting %s\n') % desc)
2354 2354 if opts.get('dry_run'):
2355 2355 continue
2356 2356
2357 2357 source = ctx.extra().get('source')
2358 2358 extra = {}
2359 2359 if source:
2360 2360 extra['source'] = source
2361 2361 extra['intermediate-source'] = ctx.hex()
2362 2362 else:
2363 2363 extra['source'] = ctx.hex()
2364 2364 user = ctx.user()
2365 2365 if opts.get('user'):
2366 2366 user = opts['user']
2367 2367 statedata['user'] = user
2368 2368 date = ctx.date()
2369 2369 if opts.get('date'):
2370 2370 date = opts['date']
2371 2371 statedata['date'] = date
2372 2372 message = ctx.description()
2373 2373 if opts.get('log'):
2374 2374 message += '\n(grafted from %s)' % ctx.hex()
2375 2375 statedata['log'] = True
2376 2376
2377 2377 # we don't merge the first commit when continuing
2378 2378 if not cont:
2379 2379 # perform the graft merge with p1(rev) as 'ancestor'
2380 2380 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
2381 2381 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'graft'):
2382 2382 stats = mergemod.graft(repo, ctx, ctx.p1(), ['local', 'graft'])
2383 2383 # report any conflicts
2384 2384 if stats.unresolvedcount > 0:
2385 2385 # write out state for --continue
2386 2386 nodes = [repo[rev].hex() for rev in revs[pos:]]
2387 2387 statedata['nodes'] = nodes
2388 2388 stateversion = 1
2389 2389 graftstate.save(stateversion, statedata)
2390 2390 hint = _("use 'hg resolve' and 'hg graft --continue'")
2391 2391 raise error.Abort(
2392 2392 _("unresolved conflicts, can't continue"),
2393 2393 hint=hint)
2394 2394 else:
2395 2395 cont = False
2396 2396
2397 2397 # commit if --no-commit is false
2398 2398 if not opts.get('no_commit'):
2399 2399 node = repo.commit(text=message, user=user, date=date, extra=extra,
2400 2400 editor=editor)
2401 2401 if node is None:
2402 2402 ui.warn(
2403 2403 _('note: graft of %d:%s created no changes to commit\n') %
2404 2404 (ctx.rev(), ctx))
2405 2405 # checking that newnodes exist because old state files won't have it
2406 2406 elif statedata.get('newnodes') is not None:
2407 2407 statedata['newnodes'].append(node)
2408 2408
2409 2409 # remove state when we complete successfully
2410 2410 if not opts.get('dry_run'):
2411 2411 graftstate.delete()
2412 2412
2413 2413 return 0
2414 2414
2415 2415 def _abortgraft(ui, repo, graftstate):
2416 2416 """abort the interrupted graft and rollbacks to the state before interrupted
2417 2417 graft"""
2418 2418 if not graftstate.exists():
2419 2419 raise error.Abort(_("no interrupted graft to abort"))
2420 2420 statedata = _readgraftstate(repo, graftstate)
2421 2421 newnodes = statedata.get('newnodes')
2422 2422 if newnodes is None:
2423 2423 # and old graft state which does not have all the data required to abort
2424 2424 # the graft
2425 2425 raise error.Abort(_("cannot abort using an old graftstate"))
2426 2426
2427 2427 # changeset from which graft operation was started
2428 2428 startctx = None
2429 2429 if len(newnodes) > 0:
2430 2430 startctx = repo[newnodes[0]].p1()
2431 2431 else:
2432 2432 startctx = repo['.']
2433 2433 # whether to strip or not
2434 2434 cleanup = False
2435 2435 if newnodes:
2436 2436 newnodes = [repo[r].rev() for r in newnodes]
2437 2437 cleanup = True
2438 2438 # checking that none of the newnodes turned public or is public
2439 2439 immutable = [c for c in newnodes if not repo[c].mutable()]
2440 2440 if immutable:
2441 2441 repo.ui.warn(_("cannot clean up public changesets %s\n")
2442 2442 % ', '.join(bytes(repo[r]) for r in immutable),
2443 2443 hint=_("see 'hg help phases' for details"))
2444 2444 cleanup = False
2445 2445
2446 2446 # checking that no new nodes are created on top of grafted revs
2447 2447 desc = set(repo.changelog.descendants(newnodes))
2448 2448 if desc - set(newnodes):
2449 2449 repo.ui.warn(_("new changesets detected on destination "
2450 2450 "branch, can't strip\n"))
2451 2451 cleanup = False
2452 2452
2453 2453 if cleanup:
2454 2454 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock():
2455 2455 hg.updaterepo(repo, startctx.node(), overwrite=True)
2456 2456 # stripping the new nodes created
2457 2457 strippoints = [c.node() for c in repo.set("roots(%ld)",
2458 2458 newnodes)]
2459 2459 repair.strip(repo.ui, repo, strippoints, backup=False)
2460 2460
2461 2461 if not cleanup:
2462 2462 # we don't update to the startnode if we can't strip
2463 2463 startctx = repo['.']
2464 2464 hg.updaterepo(repo, startctx.node(), overwrite=True)
2465 2465
2466 2466 ui.status(_("graft aborted\n"))
2467 2467 ui.status(_("working directory is now at %s\n") % startctx.hex()[:12])
2468 2468 graftstate.delete()
2469 2469 return 0
2470 2470
2471 2471 def _readgraftstate(repo, graftstate):
2472 2472 """read the graft state file and return a dict of the data stored in it"""
2473 2473 try:
2474 2474 return graftstate.read()
2475 2475 except error.CorruptedState:
2476 2476 nodes = repo.vfs.read('graftstate').splitlines()
2477 2477 return {'nodes': nodes}
2478 2478
2479 2479 def _stopgraft(ui, repo, graftstate):
2480 2480 """stop the interrupted graft"""
2481 2481 if not graftstate.exists():
2482 2482 raise error.Abort(_("no interrupted graft found"))
2483 2483 pctx = repo['.']
2484 2484 hg.updaterepo(repo, pctx.node(), overwrite=True)
2485 2485 graftstate.delete()
2486 2486 ui.status(_("stopped the interrupted graft\n"))
2487 2487 ui.status(_("working directory is now at %s\n") % pctx.hex()[:12])
2488 2488 return 0
2489 2489
2490 2490 @command('grep',
2491 2491 [('0', 'print0', None, _('end fields with NUL')),
2492 2492 ('', 'all', None, _('print all revisions that match (DEPRECATED) ')),
2493 2493 ('', 'diff', None, _('print all revisions when the term was introduced '
2494 2494 'or removed')),
2495 2495 ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')),
2496 2496 ('f', 'follow', None,
2497 2497 _('follow changeset history,'
2498 2498 ' or file history across copies and renames')),
2499 2499 ('i', 'ignore-case', None, _('ignore case when matching')),
2500 2500 ('l', 'files-with-matches', None,
2501 2501 _('print only filenames and revisions that match')),
2502 2502 ('n', 'line-number', None, _('print matching line numbers')),
2503 2503 ('r', 'rev', [],
2504 2504 _('only search files changed within revision range'), _('REV')),
2505 2505 ('', 'all-files', None,
2506 2506 _('include all files in the changeset while grepping (EXPERIMENTAL)')),
2507 2507 ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')),
2508 2508 ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')),
2509 2509 ] + formatteropts + walkopts,
2510 2510 _('[OPTION]... PATTERN [FILE]...'),
2511 2511 inferrepo=True,
2512 2512 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2513 2513 def grep(ui, repo, pattern, *pats, **opts):
2514 2514 """search revision history for a pattern in specified files
2515 2515
2516 2516 Search revision history for a regular expression in the specified
2517 2517 files or the entire project.
2518 2518
2519 2519 By default, grep prints the most recent revision number for each
2520 2520 file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision
2521 2521 that contains a change in match status ("-" for a match that becomes
2522 2522 a non-match, or "+" for a non-match that becomes a match), use the
2523 2523 --diff flag.
2524 2524
2525 2525 PATTERN can be any Python (roughly Perl-compatible) regular
2526 2526 expression.
2527 2527
2528 2528 If no FILEs are specified (and -f/--follow isn't set), all files in
2529 2529 the repository are searched, including those that don't exist in the
2530 2530 current branch or have been deleted in a prior changeset.
2531 2531
2532 2532 Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.
2533 2533 """
2534 2534 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2535 2535 diff = opts.get('all') or opts.get('diff')
2536 2536 if diff and opts.get('all_files'):
2537 2537 raise error.Abort(_('--diff and --all-files are mutually exclusive'))
2538 2538 # TODO: remove "not opts.get('rev')" if --all-files -rMULTIREV gets working
2539 2539 if opts.get('all_files') is None and not opts.get('rev') and not diff:
2540 2540 # experimental config: commands.grep.all-files
2541 2541 opts['all_files'] = ui.configbool('commands', 'grep.all-files')
2542 2542 plaingrep = opts.get('all_files') and not opts.get('rev')
2543 2543 if plaingrep:
2544 2544 opts['rev'] = ['wdir()']
2545 2545
2546 2546 reflags = re.M
2547 2547 if opts.get('ignore_case'):
2548 2548 reflags |= re.I
2549 2549 try:
2550 2550 regexp = util.re.compile(pattern, reflags)
2551 2551 except re.error as inst:
2552 2552 ui.warn(_("grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n") % pycompat.bytestr(inst))
2553 2553 return 1
2554 2554 sep, eol = ':', '\n'
2555 2555 if opts.get('print0'):
2556 2556 sep = eol = '\0'
2557 2557
2558 2558 getfile = util.lrucachefunc(repo.file)
2559 2559
2560 2560 def matchlines(body):
2561 2561 begin = 0
2562 2562 linenum = 0
2563 2563 while begin < len(body):
2564 2564 match = regexp.search(body, begin)
2565 2565 if not match:
2566 2566 break
2567 2567 mstart, mend = match.span()
2568 2568 linenum += body.count('\n', begin, mstart) + 1
2569 2569 lstart = body.rfind('\n', begin, mstart) + 1 or begin
2570 2570 begin = body.find('\n', mend) + 1 or len(body) + 1
2571 2571 lend = begin - 1
2572 2572 yield linenum, mstart - lstart, mend - lstart, body[lstart:lend]
2573 2573
2574 2574 class linestate(object):
2575 2575 def __init__(self, line, linenum, colstart, colend):
2576 2576 self.line = line
2577 2577 self.linenum = linenum
2578 2578 self.colstart = colstart
2579 2579 self.colend = colend
2580 2580
2581 2581 def __hash__(self):
2582 2582 return hash((self.linenum, self.line))
2583 2583
2584 2584 def __eq__(self, other):
2585 2585 return self.line == other.line
2586 2586
2587 2587 def findpos(self):
2588 2588 """Iterate all (start, end) indices of matches"""
2589 2589 yield self.colstart, self.colend
2590 2590 p = self.colend
2591 2591 while p < len(self.line):
2592 2592 m = regexp.search(self.line, p)
2593 2593 if not m:
2594 2594 break
2595 2595 yield m.span()
2596 2596 p = m.end()
2597 2597
2598 2598 matches = {}
2599 2599 copies = {}
2600 2600 def grepbody(fn, rev, body):
2601 2601 matches[rev].setdefault(fn, [])
2602 2602 m = matches[rev][fn]
2603 2603 for lnum, cstart, cend, line in matchlines(body):
2604 2604 s = linestate(line, lnum, cstart, cend)
2605 2605 m.append(s)
2606 2606
2607 2607 def difflinestates(a, b):
2608 2608 sm = difflib.SequenceMatcher(None, a, b)
2609 2609 for tag, alo, ahi, blo, bhi in sm.get_opcodes():
2610 2610 if tag == 'insert':
2611 2611 for i in pycompat.xrange(blo, bhi):
2612 2612 yield ('+', b[i])
2613 2613 elif tag == 'delete':
2614 2614 for i in pycompat.xrange(alo, ahi):
2615 2615 yield ('-', a[i])
2616 2616 elif tag == 'replace':
2617 2617 for i in pycompat.xrange(alo, ahi):
2618 2618 yield ('-', a[i])
2619 2619 for i in pycompat.xrange(blo, bhi):
2620 2620 yield ('+', b[i])
2621 2621
2622 2622 def display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states):
2623 2623 rev = scmutil.intrev(ctx)
2624 2624 if fm.isplain():
2625 2625 formatuser = ui.shortuser
2626 2626 else:
2627 2627 formatuser = str
2628 2628 if ui.quiet:
2629 2629 datefmt = '%Y-%m-%d'
2630 2630 else:
2631 2631 datefmt = '%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y %1%2'
2632 2632 found = False
2633 2633 @util.cachefunc
2634 2634 def binary():
2635 2635 flog = getfile(fn)
2636 2636 try:
2637 2637 return stringutil.binary(flog.read(ctx.filenode(fn)))
2638 2638 except error.WdirUnsupported:
2639 2639 return ctx[fn].isbinary()
2640 2640
2641 2641 fieldnamemap = {'filename': 'file', 'linenumber': 'line_number'}
2642 2642 if diff:
2643 2643 iter = difflinestates(pstates, states)
2644 2644 else:
2645 2645 iter = [('', l) for l in states]
2646 2646 for change, l in iter:
2647 2647 fm.startitem()
2648 2648 fm.context(ctx=ctx)
2649 2649 fm.data(node=fm.hexfunc(scmutil.binnode(ctx)))
2650 2650
2651 2651 cols = [
2652 2652 ('filename', fn, True),
2653 2653 ('rev', rev, not plaingrep),
2654 2654 ('linenumber', l.linenum, opts.get('line_number')),
2655 2655 ]
2656 2656 if diff:
2657 2657 cols.append(('change', change, True))
2658 2658 cols.extend([
2659 2659 ('user', formatuser(ctx.user()), opts.get('user')),
2660 2660 ('date', fm.formatdate(ctx.date(), datefmt), opts.get('date')),
2661 2661 ])
2662 2662 lastcol = next(name for name, data, cond in reversed(cols) if cond)
2663 2663 for name, data, cond in cols:
2664 2664 field = fieldnamemap.get(name, name)
2665 2665 fm.condwrite(cond, field, '%s', data, label='grep.%s' % name)
2666 2666 if cond and name != lastcol:
2667 2667 fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep')
2668 2668 if not opts.get('files_with_matches'):
2669 2669 fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep')
2670 2670 if not opts.get('text') and binary():
2671 2671 fm.plain(_(" Binary file matches"))
2672 2672 else:
2673 2673 displaymatches(fm.nested('texts', tmpl='{text}'), l)
2674 2674 fm.plain(eol)
2675 2675 found = True
2676 2676 if opts.get('files_with_matches'):
2677 2677 break
2678 2678 return found
2679 2679
2680 2680 def displaymatches(fm, l):
2681 2681 p = 0
2682 2682 for s, e in l.findpos():
2683 2683 if p < s:
2684 2684 fm.startitem()
2685 2685 fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:s])
2686 2686 fm.data(matched=False)
2687 2687 fm.startitem()
2688 2688 fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[s:e], label='grep.match')
2689 2689 fm.data(matched=True)
2690 2690 p = e
2691 2691 if p < len(l.line):
2692 2692 fm.startitem()
2693 2693 fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:])
2694 2694 fm.data(matched=False)
2695 2695 fm.end()
2696 2696
2697 2697 skip = {}
2698 2698 revfiles = {}
2699 2699 match = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
2700 2700 found = False
2701 2701 follow = opts.get('follow')
2702 2702
2703 2703 def prep(ctx, fns):
2704 2704 rev = ctx.rev()
2705 2705 pctx = ctx.p1()
2706 2706 parent = pctx.rev()
2707 2707 matches.setdefault(rev, {})
2708 2708 matches.setdefault(parent, {})
2709 2709 files = revfiles.setdefault(rev, [])
2710 2710 for fn in fns:
2711 2711 flog = getfile(fn)
2712 2712 try:
2713 2713 fnode = ctx.filenode(fn)
2714 2714 except error.LookupError:
2715 2715 continue
2716 2716 try:
2717 2717 copied = flog.renamed(fnode)
2718 2718 except error.WdirUnsupported:
2719 2719 copied = ctx[fn].renamed()
2720 2720 copy = follow and copied and copied[0]
2721 2721 if copy:
2722 2722 copies.setdefault(rev, {})[fn] = copy
2723 2723 if fn in skip:
2724 2724 if copy:
2725 2725 skip[copy] = True
2726 2726 continue
2727 2727 files.append(fn)
2728 2728
2729 2729 if fn not in matches[rev]:
2730 2730 try:
2731 2731 content = flog.read(fnode)
2732 2732 except error.WdirUnsupported:
2733 2733 content = ctx[fn].data()
2734 2734 grepbody(fn, rev, content)
2735 2735
2736 2736 pfn = copy or fn
2737 2737 if pfn not in matches[parent]:
2738 2738 try:
2739 2739 fnode = pctx.filenode(pfn)
2740 2740 grepbody(pfn, parent, flog.read(fnode))
2741 2741 except error.LookupError:
2742 2742 pass
2743 2743
2744 2744 ui.pager('grep')
2745 2745 fm = ui.formatter('grep', opts)
2746 2746 for ctx in cmdutil.walkchangerevs(repo, match, opts, prep):
2747 2747 rev = ctx.rev()
2748 2748 parent = ctx.p1().rev()
2749 2749 for fn in sorted(revfiles.get(rev, [])):
2750 2750 states = matches[rev][fn]
2751 2751 copy = copies.get(rev, {}).get(fn)
2752 2752 if fn in skip:
2753 2753 if copy:
2754 2754 skip[copy] = True
2755 2755 continue
2756 2756 pstates = matches.get(parent, {}).get(copy or fn, [])
2757 2757 if pstates or states:
2758 2758 r = display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states)
2759 2759 found = found or r
2760 2760 if r and not diff:
2761 2761 skip[fn] = True
2762 2762 if copy:
2763 2763 skip[copy] = True
2764 2764 del revfiles[rev]
2765 2765 # We will keep the matches dict for the duration of the window
2766 2766 # clear the matches dict once the window is over
2767 2767 if not revfiles:
2768 2768 matches.clear()
2769 2769 fm.end()
2770 2770
2771 2771 return not found
2772 2772
2773 2773 @command('heads',
2774 2774 [('r', 'rev', '',
2775 2775 _('show only heads which are descendants of STARTREV'), _('STARTREV')),
2776 2776 ('t', 'topo', False, _('show topological heads only')),
2777 2777 ('a', 'active', False, _('show active branchheads only (DEPRECATED)')),
2778 2778 ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branch heads')),
2779 2779 ] + templateopts,
2780 2780 _('[-ct] [-r STARTREV] [REV]...'),
2781 2781 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2782 2782 def heads(ui, repo, *branchrevs, **opts):
2783 2783 """show branch heads
2784 2784
2785 2785 With no arguments, show all open branch heads in the repository.
2786 2786 Branch heads are changesets that have no descendants on the
2787 2787 same branch. They are where development generally takes place and
2788 2788 are the usual targets for update and merge operations.
2789 2789
2790 2790 If one or more REVs are given, only open branch heads on the
2791 2791 branches associated with the specified changesets are shown. This
2792 2792 means that you can use :hg:`heads .` to see the heads on the
2793 2793 currently checked-out branch.
2794 2794
2795 2795 If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed
2796 2796 (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`).
2797 2797
2798 2798 If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of
2799 2799 STARTREV will be displayed.
2800 2800
2801 2801 If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and only
2802 2802 topological heads (changesets with no children) will be shown.
2803 2803
2804 2804 Returns 0 if matching heads are found, 1 if not.
2805 2805 """
2806 2806
2807 2807 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2808 2808 start = None
2809 2809 rev = opts.get('rev')
2810 2810 if rev:
2811 2811 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
2812 2812 start = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None).node()
2813 2813
2814 2814 if opts.get('topo'):
2815 2815 heads = [repo[h] for h in repo.heads(start)]
2816 2816 else:
2817 2817 heads = []
2818 2818 for branch in repo.branchmap():
2819 2819 heads += repo.branchheads(branch, start, opts.get('closed'))
2820 2820 heads = [repo[h] for h in heads]
2821 2821
2822 2822 if branchrevs:
2823 2823 branches = set(repo[r].branch()
2824 2824 for r in scmutil.revrange(repo, branchrevs))
2825 2825 heads = [h for h in heads if h.branch() in branches]
2826 2826
2827 2827 if opts.get('active') and branchrevs:
2828 2828 dagheads = repo.heads(start)
2829 2829 heads = [h for h in heads if h.node() in dagheads]
2830 2830
2831 2831 if branchrevs:
2832 2832 haveheads = set(h.branch() for h in heads)
2833 2833 if branches - haveheads:
2834 2834 headless = ', '.join(b for b in branches - haveheads)
2835 2835 msg = _('no open branch heads found on branches %s')
2836 2836 if opts.get('rev'):
2837 2837 msg += _(' (started at %s)') % opts['rev']
2838 2838 ui.warn((msg + '\n') % headless)
2839 2839
2840 2840 if not heads:
2841 2841 return 1
2842 2842
2843 2843 ui.pager('heads')
2844 2844 heads = sorted(heads, key=lambda x: -x.rev())
2845 2845 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts)
2846 2846 for ctx in heads:
2847 2847 displayer.show(ctx)
2848 2848 displayer.close()
2849 2849
2850 2850 @command('help',
2851 2851 [('e', 'extension', None, _('show only help for extensions')),
2852 2852 ('c', 'command', None, _('show only help for commands')),
2853 2853 ('k', 'keyword', None, _('show topics matching keyword')),
2854 2854 ('s', 'system', [], _('show help for specific platform(s)')),
2855 2855 ],
2856 2856 _('[-ecks] [TOPIC]'),
2857 2857 norepo=True,
2858 2858 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2859 2859 def help_(ui, name=None, **opts):
2860 2860 """show help for a given topic or a help overview
2861 2861
2862 2862 With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.
2863 2863
2864 2864 Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that
2865 2865 topic.
2866 2866
2867 2867 Returns 0 if successful.
2868 2868 """
2869 2869
2870 2870 keep = opts.get(r'system') or []
2871 2871 if len(keep) == 0:
2872 2872 if pycompat.sysplatform.startswith('win'):
2873 2873 keep.append('windows')
2874 2874 elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'OpenVMS':
2875 2875 keep.append('vms')
2876 2876 elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'plan9':
2877 2877 keep.append('plan9')
2878 2878 else:
2879 2879 keep.append('unix')
2880 2880 keep.append(pycompat.sysplatform.lower())
2881 2881 if ui.verbose:
2882 2882 keep.append('verbose')
2883 2883
2884 2884 commands = sys.modules[__name__]
2885 2885 formatted = help.formattedhelp(ui, commands, name, keep=keep, **opts)
2886 2886 ui.pager('help')
2887 2887 ui.write(formatted)
2888 2888
2889 2889
2890 2890 @command('identify|id',
2891 2891 [('r', 'rev', '',
2892 2892 _('identify the specified revision'), _('REV')),
2893 2893 ('n', 'num', None, _('show local revision number')),
2894 2894 ('i', 'id', None, _('show global revision id')),
2895 2895 ('b', 'branch', None, _('show branch')),
2896 2896 ('t', 'tags', None, _('show tags')),
2897 2897 ('B', 'bookmarks', None, _('show bookmarks')),
2898 2898 ] + remoteopts + formatteropts,
2899 2899 _('[-nibtB] [-r REV] [SOURCE]'),
2900 2900 optionalrepo=True,
2901 2901 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
2902 2902 def identify(ui, repo, source=None, rev=None,
2903 2903 num=None, id=None, branch=None, tags=None, bookmarks=None, **opts):
2904 2904 """identify the working directory or specified revision
2905 2905
2906 2906 Print a summary identifying the repository state at REV using one or
2907 2907 two parent hash identifiers, followed by a "+" if the working
2908 2908 directory has uncommitted changes, the branch name (if not default),
2909 2909 a list of tags, and a list of bookmarks.
2910 2910
2911 2911 When REV is not given, print a summary of the current state of the
2912 2912 repository including the working directory. Specify -r. to get information
2913 2913 of the working directory parent without scanning uncommitted changes.
2914 2914
2915 2915 Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will
2916 2916 cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.
2917 2917
2918 2918 .. container:: verbose
2919 2919
2920 2920 Examples:
2921 2921
2922 2922 - generate a build identifier for the working directory::
2923 2923
2924 2924 hg id --id > build-id.dat
2925 2925
2926 2926 - find the revision corresponding to a tag::
2927 2927
2928 2928 hg id -n -r 1.3
2929 2929
2930 2930 - check the most recent revision of a remote repository::
2931 2931
2932 2932 hg id -r tip https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/
2933 2933
2934 2934 See :hg:`log` for generating more information about specific revisions,
2935 2935 including full hash identifiers.
2936 2936
2937 2937 Returns 0 if successful.
2938 2938 """
2939 2939
2940 2940 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
2941 2941 if not repo and not source:
2942 2942 raise error.Abort(_("there is no Mercurial repository here "
2943 2943 "(.hg not found)"))
2944 2944
2945 2945 if ui.debugflag:
2946 2946 hexfunc = hex
2947 2947 else:
2948 2948 hexfunc = short
2949 2949 default = not (num or id or branch or tags or bookmarks)
2950 2950 output = []
2951 2951 revs = []
2952 2952
2953 2953 if source:
2954 2954 source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source))
2955 2955 peer = hg.peer(repo or ui, opts, source) # only pass ui when no repo
2956 2956 repo = peer.local()
2957 2957 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, peer, branches, None)
2958 2958
2959 2959 fm = ui.formatter('identify', opts)
2960 2960 fm.startitem()
2961 2961
2962 2962 if not repo:
2963 2963 if num or branch or tags:
2964 2964 raise error.Abort(
2965 2965 _("can't query remote revision number, branch, or tags"))
2966 2966 if not rev and revs:
2967 2967 rev = revs[0]
2968 2968 if not rev:
2969 2969 rev = "tip"
2970 2970
2971 2971 remoterev = peer.lookup(rev)
2972 2972 hexrev = hexfunc(remoterev)
2973 2973 if default or id:
2974 2974 output = [hexrev]
2975 2975 fm.data(id=hexrev)
2976 2976
2977 2977 def getbms():
2978 2978 bms = []
2979 2979
2980 2980 if 'bookmarks' in peer.listkeys('namespaces'):
2981 2981 hexremoterev = hex(remoterev)
2982 2982 bms = [bm for bm, bmr in peer.listkeys('bookmarks').iteritems()
2983 2983 if bmr == hexremoterev]
2984 2984
2985 2985 return sorted(bms)
2986 2986
2987 2987 bms = getbms()
2988 2988 if bookmarks:
2989 2989 output.extend(bms)
2990 2990 elif default and not ui.quiet:
2991 2991 # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/'
2992 2992 bm = '/'.join(bms)
2993 2993 if bm:
2994 2994 output.append(bm)
2995 2995
2996 2996 fm.data(node=hex(remoterev))
2997 2997 fm.data(bookmarks=fm.formatlist(bms, name='bookmark'))
2998 2998 else:
2999 2999 if rev:
3000 3000 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
3001 3001 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None)
3002 3002
3003 3003 if ctx.rev() is None:
3004 3004 ctx = repo[None]
3005 3005 parents = ctx.parents()
3006 3006 taglist = []
3007 3007 for p in parents:
3008 3008 taglist.extend(p.tags())
3009 3009
3010 3010 dirty = ""
3011 3011 if ctx.dirty(missing=True, merge=False, branch=False):
3012 3012 dirty = '+'
3013 3013 fm.data(dirty=dirty)
3014 3014
3015 3015 hexoutput = [hexfunc(p.node()) for p in parents]
3016 3016 if default or id:
3017 3017 output = ["%s%s" % ('+'.join(hexoutput), dirty)]
3018 3018 fm.data(id="%s%s" % ('+'.join(hexoutput), dirty))
3019 3019
3020 3020 if num:
3021 3021 numoutput = ["%d" % p.rev() for p in parents]
3022 3022 output.append("%s%s" % ('+'.join(numoutput), dirty))
3023 3023
3024 3024 fn = fm.nested('parents', tmpl='{rev}:{node|formatnode}', sep=' ')
3025 3025 for p in parents:
3026 3026 fn.startitem()
3027 3027 fn.data(rev=p.rev())
3028 3028 fn.data(node=p.hex())
3029 3029 fn.context(ctx=p)
3030 3030 fn.end()
3031 3031 else:
3032 3032 hexoutput = hexfunc(ctx.node())
3033 3033 if default or id:
3034 3034 output = [hexoutput]
3035 3035 fm.data(id=hexoutput)
3036 3036
3037 3037 if num:
3038 3038 output.append(pycompat.bytestr(ctx.rev()))
3039 3039 taglist = ctx.tags()
3040 3040
3041 3041 if default and not ui.quiet:
3042 3042 b = ctx.branch()
3043 3043 if b != 'default':
3044 3044 output.append("(%s)" % b)
3045 3045
3046 3046 # multiple tags for a single parent separated by '/'
3047 3047 t = '/'.join(taglist)
3048 3048 if t:
3049 3049 output.append(t)
3050 3050
3051 3051 # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/'
3052 3052 bm = '/'.join(ctx.bookmarks())
3053 3053 if bm:
3054 3054 output.append(bm)
3055 3055 else:
3056 3056 if branch:
3057 3057 output.append(ctx.branch())
3058 3058
3059 3059 if tags:
3060 3060 output.extend(taglist)
3061 3061
3062 3062 if bookmarks:
3063 3063 output.extend(ctx.bookmarks())
3064 3064
3065 3065 fm.data(node=ctx.hex())
3066 3066 fm.data(branch=ctx.branch())
3067 3067 fm.data(tags=fm.formatlist(taglist, name='tag', sep=':'))
3068 3068 fm.data(bookmarks=fm.formatlist(ctx.bookmarks(), name='bookmark'))
3069 3069 fm.context(ctx=ctx)
3070 3070
3071 3071 fm.plain("%s\n" % ' '.join(output))
3072 3072 fm.end()
3073 3073
3074 3074 @command('import|patch',
3075 3075 [('p', 'strip', 1,
3076 3076 _('directory strip option for patch. This has the same '
3077 3077 'meaning as the corresponding patch option'), _('NUM')),
3078 3078 ('b', 'base', '', _('base path (DEPRECATED)'), _('PATH')),
3079 3079 ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
3080 3080 ('f', 'force', None,
3081 3081 _('skip check for outstanding uncommitted changes (DEPRECATED)')),
3082 3082 ('', 'no-commit', None,
3083 3083 _("don't commit, just update the working directory")),
3084 3084 ('', 'bypass', None,
3085 3085 _("apply patch without touching the working directory")),
3086 3086 ('', 'partial', None,
3087 3087 _('commit even if some hunks fail')),
3088 3088 ('', 'exact', None,
3089 3089 _('abort if patch would apply lossily')),
3090 3090 ('', 'prefix', '',
3091 3091 _('apply patch to subdirectory'), _('DIR')),
3092 3092 ('', 'import-branch', None,
3093 3093 _('use any branch information in patch (implied by --exact)'))] +
3094 3094 commitopts + commitopts2 + similarityopts,
3095 3095 _('[OPTION]... PATCH...'))
3096 3096 def import_(ui, repo, patch1=None, *patches, **opts):
3097 3097 """import an ordered set of patches
3098 3098
3099 3099 Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless
3100 3100 --no-commit is specified).
3101 3101
3102 3102 To read a patch from standard input (stdin), use "-" as the patch
3103 3103 name. If a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from
3104 3104 there.
3105 3105
3106 3106 Import first applies changes to the working directory (unless
3107 3107 --bypass is specified), import will abort if there are outstanding
3108 3108 changes.
3109 3109
3110 3110 Use --bypass to apply and commit patches directly to the
3111 3111 repository, without affecting the working directory. Without
3112 3112 --exact, patches will be applied on top of the working directory
3113 3113 parent revision.
3114 3114
3115 3115 You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches
3116 3116 as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type
3117 3117 text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email
3118 3118 message are used as default committer and commit message. All
3119 3119 text/plain body parts before first diff are added to the commit
3120 3120 message.
3121 3121
3122 3122 If the imported patch was generated by :hg:`export`, user and
3123 3123 description from patch override values from message headers and
3124 3124 body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user
3125 3125 override these.
3126 3126
3127 3127 If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to
3128 3128 the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the
3129 3129 resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in
3130 3130 the patch. This will guard against various ways that portable
3131 3131 patch formats and mail systems might fail to transfer Mercurial
3132 3132 data or metadata. See :hg:`bundle` for lossless transmission.
3133 3133
3134 3134 Use --partial to ensure a changeset will be created from the patch
3135 3135 even if some hunks fail to apply. Hunks that fail to apply will be
3136 3136 written to a <target-file>.rej file. Conflicts can then be resolved
3137 3137 by hand before :hg:`commit --amend` is run to update the created
3138 3138 changeset. This flag exists to let people import patches that
3139 3139 partially apply without losing the associated metadata (author,
3140 3140 date, description, ...).
3141 3141
3142 3142 .. note::
3143 3143
3144 3144 When no hunks apply cleanly, :hg:`import --partial` will create
3145 3145 an empty changeset, importing only the patch metadata.
3146 3146
3147 3147 With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and
3148 3148 copies in the patch in the same way as :hg:`addremove`.
3149 3149
3150 3150 It is possible to use external patch programs to perform the patch
3151 3151 by setting the ``ui.patch`` configuration option. For the default
3152 3152 internal tool, the fuzz can also be configured via ``patch.fuzz``.
3153 3153 See :hg:`help config` for more information about configuration
3154 3154 files and how to use these options.
3155 3155
3156 3156 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
3157 3157
3158 3158 .. container:: verbose
3159 3159
3160 3160 Examples:
3161 3161
3162 3162 - import a traditional patch from a website and detect renames::
3163 3163
3164 3164 hg import -s 80 http://example.com/bugfix.patch
3165 3165
3166 3166 - import a changeset from an hgweb server::
3167 3167
3168 3168 hg import https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/rev/5ca8c111e9aa
3169 3169
3170 3170 - import all the patches in an Unix-style mbox::
3171 3171
3172 3172 hg import incoming-patches.mbox
3173 3173
3174 3174 - import patches from stdin::
3175 3175
3176 3176 hg import -
3177 3177
3178 3178 - attempt to exactly restore an exported changeset (not always
3179 3179 possible)::
3180 3180
3181 3181 hg import --exact proposed-fix.patch
3182 3182
3183 3183 - use an external tool to apply a patch which is too fuzzy for
3184 3184 the default internal tool.
3185 3185
3186 3186 hg import --config ui.patch="patch --merge" fuzzy.patch
3187 3187
3188 3188 - change the default fuzzing from 2 to a less strict 7
3189 3189
3190 3190 hg import --config ui.fuzz=7 fuzz.patch
3191 3191
3192 3192 Returns 0 on success, 1 on partial success (see --partial).
3193 3193 """
3194 3194
3195 3195 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3196 3196 if not patch1:
3197 3197 raise error.Abort(_('need at least one patch to import'))
3198 3198
3199 3199 patches = (patch1,) + patches
3200 3200
3201 3201 date = opts.get('date')
3202 3202 if date:
3203 3203 opts['date'] = dateutil.parsedate(date)
3204 3204
3205 3205 exact = opts.get('exact')
3206 3206 update = not opts.get('bypass')
3207 3207 if not update and opts.get('no_commit'):
3208 3208 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --no-commit with --bypass'))
3209 3209 try:
3210 3210 sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 0)
3211 3211 except ValueError:
3212 3212 raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number'))
3213 3213 if sim < 0 or sim > 100:
3214 3214 raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100'))
3215 3215 if sim and not update:
3216 3216 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --similarity with --bypass'))
3217 3217 if exact:
3218 3218 if opts.get('edit'):
3219 3219 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --edit'))
3220 3220 if opts.get('prefix'):
3221 3221 raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --prefix'))
3222 3222
3223 3223 base = opts["base"]
3224 3224 msgs = []
3225 3225 ret = 0
3226 3226
3227 3227 with repo.wlock():
3228 3228 if update:
3229 3229 cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
3230 3230 if (exact or not opts.get('force')):
3231 3231 cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
3232 3232
3233 3233 if not opts.get('no_commit'):
3234 3234 lock = repo.lock
3235 3235 tr = lambda: repo.transaction('import')
3236 3236 dsguard = util.nullcontextmanager
3237 3237 else:
3238 3238 lock = util.nullcontextmanager
3239 3239 tr = util.nullcontextmanager
3240 3240 dsguard = lambda: dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'import')
3241 3241 with lock(), tr(), dsguard():
3242 3242 parents = repo[None].parents()
3243 3243 for patchurl in patches:
3244 3244 if patchurl == '-':
3245 3245 ui.status(_('applying patch from stdin\n'))
3246 3246 patchfile = ui.fin
3247 3247 patchurl = 'stdin' # for error message
3248 3248 else:
3249 3249 patchurl = os.path.join(base, patchurl)
3250 3250 ui.status(_('applying %s\n') % patchurl)
3251 3251 patchfile = hg.openpath(ui, patchurl)
3252 3252
3253 3253 haspatch = False
3254 3254 for hunk in patch.split(patchfile):
3255 3255 with patch.extract(ui, hunk) as patchdata:
3256 3256 msg, node, rej = cmdutil.tryimportone(ui, repo,
3257 3257 patchdata,
3258 3258 parents, opts,
3259 3259 msgs, hg.clean)
3260 3260 if msg:
3261 3261 haspatch = True
3262 3262 ui.note(msg + '\n')
3263 3263 if update or exact:
3264 3264 parents = repo[None].parents()
3265 3265 else:
3266 3266 parents = [repo[node]]
3267 3267 if rej:
3268 3268 ui.write_err(_("patch applied partially\n"))
3269 3269 ui.write_err(_("(fix the .rej files and run "
3270 3270 "`hg commit --amend`)\n"))
3271 3271 ret = 1
3272 3272 break
3273 3273
3274 3274 if not haspatch:
3275 3275 raise error.Abort(_('%s: no diffs found') % patchurl)
3276 3276
3277 3277 if msgs:
3278 3278 repo.savecommitmessage('\n* * *\n'.join(msgs))
3279 3279 return ret
3280 3280
3281 3281 @command('incoming|in',
3282 3282 [('f', 'force', None,
3283 3283 _('run even if remote repository is unrelated')),
3284 3284 ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')),
3285 3285 ('', 'bundle', '',
3286 3286 _('file to store the bundles into'), _('FILE')),
3287 3287 ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')),
3288 3288 ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _("compare bookmarks")),
3289 3289 ('b', 'branch', [],
3290 3290 _('a specific branch you would like to pull'), _('BRANCH')),
3291 3291 ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts,
3292 3292 _('[-p] [-n] [-M] [-f] [-r REV]... [--bundle FILENAME] [SOURCE]'))
3293 3293 def incoming(ui, repo, source="default", **opts):
3294 3294 """show new changesets found in source
3295 3295
3296 3296 Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default
3297 3297 pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled
3298 3298 by :hg:`pull` at the time you issued this command.
3299 3299
3300 3300 See pull for valid source format details.
3301 3301
3302 3302 .. container:: verbose
3303 3303
3304 3304 With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between
3305 3305 local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose,
3306 3306 status is also displayed for each bookmark like below::
3307 3307
3308 3308 BM1 01234567890a added
3309 3309 BM2 1234567890ab advanced
3310 3310 BM3 234567890abc diverged
3311 3311 BM4 34567890abcd changed
3312 3312
3313 3313 The action taken locally when pulling depends on the
3314 3314 status of each bookmark:
3315 3315
3316 3316 :``added``: pull will create it
3317 3317 :``advanced``: pull will update it
3318 3318 :``diverged``: pull will create a divergent bookmark
3319 3319 :``changed``: result depends on remote changesets
3320 3320
3321 3321 From the point of view of pulling behavior, bookmark
3322 3322 existing only in the remote repository are treated as ``added``,
3323 3323 even if it is in fact locally deleted.
3324 3324
3325 3325 .. container:: verbose
3326 3326
3327 3327 For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the
3328 3328 changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.
3329 3329
3330 3330 Examples:
3331 3331
3332 3332 - show incoming changes with patches and full description::
3333 3333
3334 3334 hg incoming -vp
3335 3335
3336 3336 - show incoming changes excluding merges, store a bundle::
3337 3337
3338 3338 hg in -vpM --bundle incoming.hg
3339 3339 hg pull incoming.hg
3340 3340
3341 3341 - briefly list changes inside a bundle::
3342 3342
3343 3343 hg in changes.hg -T "{desc|firstline}\\n"
3344 3344
3345 3345 Returns 0 if there are incoming changes, 1 otherwise.
3346 3346 """
3347 3347 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3348 3348 if opts.get('graph'):
3349 3349 logcmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts)
3350 3350 def display(other, chlist, displayer):
3351 3351 revdag = logcmdutil.graphrevs(other, chlist, opts)
3352 3352 logcmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer,
3353 3353 graphmod.asciiedges)
3354 3354
3355 3355 hg._incoming(display, lambda: 1, ui, repo, source, opts, buffered=True)
3356 3356 return 0
3357 3357
3358 3358 if opts.get('bundle') and opts.get('subrepos'):
3359 3359 raise error.Abort(_('cannot combine --bundle and --subrepos'))
3360 3360
3361 3361 if opts.get('bookmarks'):
3362 3362 source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source),
3363 3363 opts.get('branch'))
3364 3364 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source)
3365 3365 if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'):
3366 3366 ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n"))
3367 3367 return 0
3368 3368 ui.pager('incoming')
3369 3369 ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source))
3370 3370 return bookmarks.incoming(ui, repo, other)
3371 3371
3372 3372 repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(source)
3373 3373 try:
3374 3374 return hg.incoming(ui, repo, source, opts)
3375 3375 finally:
3376 3376 del repo._subtoppath
3377 3377
3378 3378
3379 3379 @command('^init', remoteopts, _('[-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]'),
3380 3380 norepo=True)
3381 3381 def init(ui, dest=".", **opts):
3382 3382 """create a new repository in the given directory
3383 3383
3384 3384 Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given
3385 3385 directory does not exist, it will be created.
3386 3386
3387 3387 If no directory is given, the current directory is used.
3388 3388
3389 3389 It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination.
3390 3390 See :hg:`help urls` for more information.
3391 3391
3392 3392 Returns 0 on success.
3393 3393 """
3394 3394 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3395 3395 hg.peer(ui, opts, ui.expandpath(dest), create=True)
3396 3396
3397 3397 @command('locate',
3398 3398 [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')),
3399 3399 ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')),
3400 3400 ('f', 'fullpath', None, _('print complete paths from the filesystem root')),
3401 3401 ] + walkopts,
3402 3402 _('[OPTION]... [PATTERN]...'))
3403 3403 def locate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
3404 3404 """locate files matching specific patterns (DEPRECATED)
3405 3405
3406 3406 Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose
3407 3407 names match the given patterns.
3408 3408
3409 3409 By default, this command searches all directories in the working
3410 3410 directory. To search just the current directory and its
3411 3411 subdirectories, use "--include .".
3412 3412
3413 3413 If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names
3414 3414 of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.
3415 3415
3416 3416 If you want to feed the output of this command into the "xargs"
3417 3417 command, use the -0 option to both this command and "xargs". This
3418 3418 will avoid the problem of "xargs" treating single filenames that
3419 3419 contain whitespace as multiple filenames.
3420 3420
3421 3421 See :hg:`help files` for a more versatile command.
3422 3422
3423 3423 Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.
3424 3424 """
3425 3425 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3426 3426 if opts.get('print0'):
3427 3427 end = '\0'
3428 3428 else:
3429 3429 end = '\n'
3430 3430 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None)
3431 3431
3432 3432 ret = 1
3433 3433 m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, default='relglob',
3434 3434 badfn=lambda x, y: False)
3435 3435
3436 3436 ui.pager('locate')
3437 3437 if ctx.rev() is None:
3438 3438 # When run on the working copy, "locate" includes removed files, so
3439 3439 # we get the list of files from the dirstate.
3440 3440 filesgen = sorted(repo.dirstate.matches(m))
3441 3441 else:
3442 3442 filesgen = ctx.matches(m)
3443 3443 for abs in filesgen:
3444 3444 if opts.get('fullpath'):
3445 3445 ui.write(repo.wjoin(abs), end)
3446 3446 else:
3447 3447 ui.write(((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs), end)
3448 3448 ret = 0
3449 3449
3450 3450 return ret
3451 3451
3452 3452 @command('^log|history',
3453 3453 [('f', 'follow', None,
3454 3454 _('follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames')),
3455 3455 ('', 'follow-first', None,
3456 3456 _('only follow the first parent of merge changesets (DEPRECATED)')),
3457 3457 ('d', 'date', '', _('show revisions matching date spec'), _('DATE')),
3458 3458 ('C', 'copies', None, _('show copied files')),
3459 3459 ('k', 'keyword', [],
3460 3460 _('do case-insensitive search for a given text'), _('TEXT')),
3461 3461 ('r', 'rev', [], _('show the specified revision or revset'), _('REV')),
3462 3462 ('L', 'line-range', [],
3463 3463 _('follow line range of specified file (EXPERIMENTAL)'),
3464 3464 _('FILE,RANGE')),
3465 3465 ('', 'removed', None, _('include revisions where files were removed')),
3466 3466 ('m', 'only-merges', None, _('show only merges (DEPRECATED)')),
3467 3467 ('u', 'user', [], _('revisions committed by user'), _('USER')),
3468 3468 ('', 'only-branch', [],
3469 3469 _('show only changesets within the given named branch (DEPRECATED)'),
3470 3470 _('BRANCH')),
3471 3471 ('b', 'branch', [],
3472 3472 _('show changesets within the given named branch'), _('BRANCH')),
3473 3473 ('P', 'prune', [],
3474 3474 _('do not display revision or any of its ancestors'), _('REV')),
3475 3475 ] + logopts + walkopts,
3476 3476 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]'),
3477 3477 inferrepo=True,
3478 3478 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
3479 3479 def log(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
3480 3480 """show revision history of entire repository or files
3481 3481
3482 3482 Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire
3483 3483 project.
3484 3484
3485 3485 If no revision range is specified, the default is ``tip:0`` unless
3486 3486 --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is
3487 3487 used as the starting revision.
3488 3488
3489 3489 File history is shown without following rename or copy history of
3490 3490 files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across
3491 3491 renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show
3492 3492 ancestors of the starting revision.
3493 3493
3494 3494 By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,
3495 3495 tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for
3496 3496 each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of
3497 3497 changed files and full commit message are shown.
3498 3498
3499 3499 With --graph the revisions are shown as an ASCII art DAG with the most
3500 3500 recent changeset at the top.
3501 3501 'o' is a changeset, '@' is a working directory parent, '_' closes a branch,
3502 3502 'x' is obsolete, '*' is unstable, and '+' represents a fork where the
3503 3503 changeset from the lines below is a parent of the 'o' merge on the same
3504 3504 line.
3505 3505 Paths in the DAG are represented with '|', '/' and so forth. ':' in place
3506 3506 of a '|' indicates one or more revisions in a path are omitted.
3507 3507
3508 3508 .. container:: verbose
3509 3509
3510 3510 Use -L/--line-range FILE,M:N options to follow the history of lines
3511 3511 from M to N in FILE. With -p/--patch only diff hunks affecting
3512 3512 specified line range will be shown. This option requires --follow;
3513 3513 it can be specified multiple times. Currently, this option is not
3514 3514 compatible with --graph. This option is experimental.
3515 3515
3516 3516 .. note::
3517 3517
3518 3518 :hg:`log --patch` may generate unexpected diff output for merge
3519 3519 changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against
3520 3520 its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents
3521 3521 will appear in files:.
3522 3522
3523 3523 .. note::
3524 3524
3525 3525 For performance reasons, :hg:`log FILE` may omit duplicate changes
3526 3526 made on branches and will not show removals or mode changes. To
3527 3527 see all such changes, use the --removed switch.
3528 3528
3529 3529 .. container:: verbose
3530 3530
3531 3531 .. note::
3532 3532
3533 3533 The history resulting from -L/--line-range options depends on diff
3534 3534 options; for instance if white-spaces are ignored, respective changes
3535 3535 with only white-spaces in specified line range will not be listed.
3536 3536
3537 3537 .. container:: verbose
3538 3538
3539 3539 Some examples:
3540 3540
3541 3541 - changesets with full descriptions and file lists::
3542 3542
3543 3543 hg log -v
3544 3544
3545 3545 - changesets ancestral to the working directory::
3546 3546
3547 3547 hg log -f
3548 3548
3549 3549 - last 10 commits on the current branch::
3550 3550
3551 3551 hg log -l 10 -b .
3552 3552
3553 3553 - changesets showing all modifications of a file, including removals::
3554 3554
3555 3555 hg log --removed file.c
3556 3556
3557 3557 - all changesets that touch a directory, with diffs, excluding merges::
3558 3558
3559 3559 hg log -Mp lib/
3560 3560
3561 3561 - all revision numbers that match a keyword::
3562 3562
3563 3563 hg log -k bug --template "{rev}\\n"
3564 3564
3565 3565 - the full hash identifier of the working directory parent::
3566 3566
3567 3567 hg log -r . --template "{node}\\n"
3568 3568
3569 3569 - list available log templates::
3570 3570
3571 3571 hg log -T list
3572 3572
3573 3573 - check if a given changeset is included in a tagged release::
3574 3574
3575 3575 hg log -r "a21ccf and ancestor(1.9)"
3576 3576
3577 3577 - find all changesets by some user in a date range::
3578 3578
3579 3579 hg log -k alice -d "may 2008 to jul 2008"
3580 3580
3581 3581 - summary of all changesets after the last tag::
3582 3582
3583 3583 hg log -r "last(tagged())::" --template "{desc|firstline}\\n"
3584 3584
3585 3585 - changesets touching lines 13 to 23 for file.c::
3586 3586
3587 3587 hg log -L file.c,13:23
3588 3588
3589 3589 - changesets touching lines 13 to 23 for file.c and lines 2 to 6 of
3590 3590 main.c with patch::
3591 3591
3592 3592 hg log -L file.c,13:23 -L main.c,2:6 -p
3593 3593
3594 3594 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
3595 3595
3596 3596 See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying and ordering
3597 3597 revisions.
3598 3598
3599 3599 See :hg:`help templates` for more about pre-packaged styles and
3600 3600 specifying custom templates. The default template used by the log
3601 3601 command can be customized via the ``ui.logtemplate`` configuration
3602 3602 setting.
3603 3603
3604 3604 Returns 0 on success.
3605 3605
3606 3606 """
3607 3607 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3608 3608 linerange = opts.get('line_range')
3609 3609
3610 3610 if linerange and not opts.get('follow'):
3611 3611 raise error.Abort(_('--line-range requires --follow'))
3612 3612
3613 3613 if linerange and pats:
3614 3614 # TODO: take pats as patterns with no line-range filter
3615 3615 raise error.Abort(
3616 3616 _('FILE arguments are not compatible with --line-range option')
3617 3617 )
3618 3618
3619 3619 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, opts.get('rev'), 'nowarn')
3620 3620 revs, differ = logcmdutil.getrevs(repo, pats, opts)
3621 3621 if linerange:
3622 3622 # TODO: should follow file history from logcmdutil._initialrevs(),
3623 3623 # then filter the result by logcmdutil._makerevset() and --limit
3624 3624 revs, differ = logcmdutil.getlinerangerevs(repo, revs, opts)
3625 3625
3626 3626 getrenamed = None
3627 3627 if opts.get('copies'):
3628 3628 endrev = None
3629 3629 if revs:
3630 3630 endrev = revs.max() + 1
3631 3631 getrenamed = templatekw.getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=endrev)
3632 3632
3633 3633 ui.pager('log')
3634 3634 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts, differ,
3635 3635 buffered=True)
3636 3636 if opts.get('graph'):
3637 3637 displayfn = logcmdutil.displaygraphrevs
3638 3638 else:
3639 3639 displayfn = logcmdutil.displayrevs
3640 3640 displayfn(ui, repo, revs, displayer, getrenamed)
3641 3641
3642 3642 @command('manifest',
3643 3643 [('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to display'), _('REV')),
3644 3644 ('', 'all', False, _("list files from all revisions"))]
3645 3645 + formatteropts,
3646 3646 _('[-r REV]'),
3647 3647 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
3648 3648 def manifest(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts):
3649 3649 """output the current or given revision of the project manifest
3650 3650
3651 3651 Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.
3652 3652 If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory
3653 3653 is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.
3654 3654
3655 3655 With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.
3656 3656 With --debug, print file revision hashes.
3657 3657
3658 3658 If option --all is specified, the list of all files from all revisions
3659 3659 is printed. This includes deleted and renamed files.
3660 3660
3661 3661 Returns 0 on success.
3662 3662 """
3663 3663 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3664 3664 fm = ui.formatter('manifest', opts)
3665 3665
3666 3666 if opts.get('all'):
3667 3667 if rev or node:
3668 3668 raise error.Abort(_("can't specify a revision with --all"))
3669 3669
3670 3670 res = set()
3671 3671 for rev in repo:
3672 3672 ctx = repo[rev]
3673 3673 res |= set(ctx.files())
3674 3674
3675 3675 ui.pager('manifest')
3676 3676 for f in sorted(res):
3677 3677 fm.startitem()
3678 3678 fm.write("path", '%s\n', f)
3679 3679 fm.end()
3680 3680 return
3681 3681
3682 3682 if rev and node:
3683 3683 raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
3684 3684
3685 3685 if not node:
3686 3686 node = rev
3687 3687
3688 3688 char = {'l': '@', 'x': '*', '': '', 't': 'd'}
3689 3689 mode = {'l': '644', 'x': '755', '': '644', 't': '755'}
3690 3690 if node:
3691 3691 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [node], 'nowarn')
3692 3692 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node)
3693 3693 mf = ctx.manifest()
3694 3694 ui.pager('manifest')
3695 3695 for f in ctx:
3696 3696 fm.startitem()
3697 3697 fm.context(ctx=ctx)
3698 3698 fl = ctx[f].flags()
3699 3699 fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'hash', '%s ', hex(mf[f]))
3700 3700 fm.condwrite(ui.verbose, 'mode type', '%s %1s ', mode[fl], char[fl])
3701 3701 fm.write('path', '%s\n', f)
3702 3702 fm.end()
3703 3703
3704 3704 @command('^merge',
3705 3705 [('f', 'force', None,
3706 3706 _('force a merge including outstanding changes (DEPRECATED)')),
3707 3707 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to merge'), _('REV')),
3708 3708 ('P', 'preview', None,
3709 3709 _('review revisions to merge (no merge is performed)')),
3710 3710 ('', 'abort', None, _('abort the ongoing merge')),
3711 3711 ] + mergetoolopts,
3712 3712 _('[-P] [[-r] REV]'))
3713 3713 def merge(ui, repo, node=None, **opts):
3714 3714 """merge another revision into working directory
3715 3715
3716 3716 The current working directory is updated with all changes made in
3717 3717 the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.
3718 3718
3719 3719 Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for
3720 3720 the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further
3721 3721 updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have
3722 3722 two parents.
3723 3723
3724 3724 ``--tool`` can be used to specify the merge tool used for file
3725 3725 merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your
3726 3726 configuration files. See :hg:`help merge-tools` for options.
3727 3727
3728 3728 If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a
3729 3729 head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other
3730 3730 head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an
3731 3731 explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.
3732 3732
3733 3733 See :hg:`help resolve` for information on handling file conflicts.
3734 3734
3735 3735 To undo an uncommitted merge, use :hg:`merge --abort` which
3736 3736 will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing
3737 3737 all changes.
3738 3738
3739 3739 Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.
3740 3740 """
3741 3741
3742 3742 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3743 3743 abort = opts.get('abort')
3744 3744 if abort and repo.dirstate.p2() == nullid:
3745 3745 cmdutil.wrongtooltocontinue(repo, _('merge'))
3746 3746 if abort:
3747 3747 if node:
3748 3748 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify a node with --abort"))
3749 3749 if opts.get('rev'):
3750 3750 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both --rev and --abort"))
3751 3751 if opts.get('preview'):
3752 3752 raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify --preview with --abort"))
3753 3753 if opts.get('rev') and node:
3754 3754 raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
3755 3755 if not node:
3756 3756 node = opts.get('rev')
3757 3757
3758 3758 if node:
3759 3759 node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node).node()
3760 3760
3761 3761 if not node and not abort:
3762 3762 node = repo[destutil.destmerge(repo)].node()
3763 3763
3764 3764 if opts.get('preview'):
3765 3765 # find nodes that are ancestors of p2 but not of p1
3766 3766 p1 = repo.lookup('.')
3767 3767 p2 = node
3768 3768 nodes = repo.changelog.findmissing(common=[p1], heads=[p2])
3769 3769
3770 3770 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts)
3771 3771 for node in nodes:
3772 3772 displayer.show(repo[node])
3773 3773 displayer.close()
3774 3774 return 0
3775 3775
3776 3776 # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document
3777 3777 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
3778 3778 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'merge'):
3779 3779 force = opts.get('force')
3780 3780 labels = ['working copy', 'merge rev']
3781 3781 return hg.merge(repo, node, force=force, mergeforce=force,
3782 3782 labels=labels, abort=abort)
3783 3783
3784 3784 @command('outgoing|out',
3785 3785 [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')),
3786 3786 ('r', 'rev', [],
3787 3787 _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'), _('REV')),
3788 3788 ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')),
3789 3789 ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _('compare bookmarks')),
3790 3790 ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to push'),
3791 3791 _('BRANCH')),
3792 3792 ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts,
3793 3793 _('[-M] [-p] [-n] [-f] [-r REV]... [DEST]'))
3794 3794 def outgoing(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts):
3795 3795 """show changesets not found in the destination
3796 3796
3797 3797 Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository
3798 3798 or the default push location. These are the changesets that would
3799 3799 be pushed if a push was requested.
3800 3800
3801 3801 See pull for details of valid destination formats.
3802 3802
3803 3803 .. container:: verbose
3804 3804
3805 3805 With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between
3806 3806 local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose,
3807 3807 status is also displayed for each bookmark like below::
3808 3808
3809 3809 BM1 01234567890a added
3810 3810 BM2 deleted
3811 3811 BM3 234567890abc advanced
3812 3812 BM4 34567890abcd diverged
3813 3813 BM5 4567890abcde changed
3814 3814
3815 3815 The action taken when pushing depends on the
3816 3816 status of each bookmark:
3817 3817
3818 3818 :``added``: push with ``-B`` will create it
3819 3819 :``deleted``: push with ``-B`` will delete it
3820 3820 :``advanced``: push will update it
3821 3821 :``diverged``: push with ``-B`` will update it
3822 3822 :``changed``: push with ``-B`` will update it
3823 3823
3824 3824 From the point of view of pushing behavior, bookmarks
3825 3825 existing only in the remote repository are treated as
3826 3826 ``deleted``, even if it is in fact added remotely.
3827 3827
3828 3828 Returns 0 if there are outgoing changes, 1 otherwise.
3829 3829 """
3830 3830 # hg._outgoing() needs to re-resolve the path in order to handle #branch
3831 3831 # style URLs, so don't overwrite dest.
3832 3832 path = ui.paths.getpath(dest, default=('default-push', 'default'))
3833 3833 if not path:
3834 3834 raise error.Abort(_('default repository not configured!'),
3835 3835 hint=_("see 'hg help config.paths'"))
3836 3836
3837 3837 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3838 3838 if opts.get('graph'):
3839 3839 logcmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts)
3840 3840 o, other = hg._outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts)
3841 3841 if not o:
3842 3842 cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o)
3843 3843 return
3844 3844
3845 3845 revdag = logcmdutil.graphrevs(repo, o, opts)
3846 3846 ui.pager('outgoing')
3847 3847 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True)
3848 3848 logcmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer,
3849 3849 graphmod.asciiedges)
3850 3850 cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o)
3851 3851 return 0
3852 3852
3853 3853 if opts.get('bookmarks'):
3854 3854 dest = path.pushloc or path.loc
3855 3855 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest)
3856 3856 if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'):
3857 3857 ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n"))
3858 3858 return 0
3859 3859 ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest))
3860 3860 ui.pager('outgoing')
3861 3861 return bookmarks.outgoing(ui, repo, other)
3862 3862
3863 3863 repo._subtoppath = path.pushloc or path.loc
3864 3864 try:
3865 3865 return hg.outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts)
3866 3866 finally:
3867 3867 del repo._subtoppath
3868 3868
3869 3869 @command('parents',
3870 3870 [('r', 'rev', '', _('show parents of the specified revision'), _('REV')),
3871 3871 ] + templateopts,
3872 3872 _('[-r REV] [FILE]'),
3873 3873 inferrepo=True)
3874 3874 def parents(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts):
3875 3875 """show the parents of the working directory or revision (DEPRECATED)
3876 3876
3877 3877 Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is
3878 3878 given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.
3879 3879 If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was
3880 3880 last changed (before the working directory revision or the
3881 3881 argument to --rev if given) is printed.
3882 3882
3883 3883 This command is equivalent to::
3884 3884
3885 3885 hg log -r "p1()+p2()" or
3886 3886 hg log -r "p1(REV)+p2(REV)" or
3887 3887 hg log -r "max(::p1() and file(FILE))+max(::p2() and file(FILE))" or
3888 3888 hg log -r "max(::p1(REV) and file(FILE))+max(::p2(REV) and file(FILE))"
3889 3889
3890 3890 See :hg:`summary` and :hg:`help revsets` for related information.
3891 3891
3892 3892 Returns 0 on success.
3893 3893 """
3894 3894
3895 3895 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3896 3896 rev = opts.get('rev')
3897 3897 if rev:
3898 3898 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
3899 3899 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None)
3900 3900
3901 3901 if file_:
3902 3902 m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file_,), opts)
3903 3903 if m.anypats() or len(m.files()) != 1:
3904 3904 raise error.Abort(_('can only specify an explicit filename'))
3905 3905 file_ = m.files()[0]
3906 3906 filenodes = []
3907 3907 for cp in ctx.parents():
3908 3908 if not cp:
3909 3909 continue
3910 3910 try:
3911 3911 filenodes.append(cp.filenode(file_))
3912 3912 except error.LookupError:
3913 3913 pass
3914 3914 if not filenodes:
3915 3915 raise error.Abort(_("'%s' not found in manifest!") % file_)
3916 3916 p = []
3917 3917 for fn in filenodes:
3918 3918 fctx = repo.filectx(file_, fileid=fn)
3919 3919 p.append(fctx.node())
3920 3920 else:
3921 3921 p = [cp.node() for cp in ctx.parents()]
3922 3922
3923 3923 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts)
3924 3924 for n in p:
3925 3925 if n != nullid:
3926 3926 displayer.show(repo[n])
3927 3927 displayer.close()
3928 3928
3929 3929 @command('paths', formatteropts, _('[NAME]'), optionalrepo=True,
3930 3930 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
3931 3931 def paths(ui, repo, search=None, **opts):
3932 3932 """show aliases for remote repositories
3933 3933
3934 3934 Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,
3935 3935 show definition of all available names.
3936 3936
3937 3937 Option -q/--quiet suppresses all output when searching for NAME
3938 3938 and shows only the path names when listing all definitions.
3939 3939
3940 3940 Path names are defined in the [paths] section of your
3941 3941 configuration file and in ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. If run inside a
3942 3942 repository, ``.hg/hgrc`` is used, too.
3943 3943
3944 3944 The path names ``default`` and ``default-push`` have a special
3945 3945 meaning. When performing a push or pull operation, they are used
3946 3946 as fallbacks if no location is specified on the command-line.
3947 3947 When ``default-push`` is set, it will be used for push and
3948 3948 ``default`` will be used for pull; otherwise ``default`` is used
3949 3949 as the fallback for both. When cloning a repository, the clone
3950 3950 source is written as ``default`` in ``.hg/hgrc``.
3951 3951
3952 3952 .. note::
3953 3953
3954 3954 ``default`` and ``default-push`` apply to all inbound (e.g.
3955 3955 :hg:`incoming`) and outbound (e.g. :hg:`outgoing`, :hg:`email`
3956 3956 and :hg:`bundle`) operations.
3957 3957
3958 3958 See :hg:`help urls` for more information.
3959 3959
3960 3960 Returns 0 on success.
3961 3961 """
3962 3962
3963 3963 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
3964 3964 ui.pager('paths')
3965 3965 if search:
3966 3966 pathitems = [(name, path) for name, path in ui.paths.iteritems()
3967 3967 if name == search]
3968 3968 else:
3969 3969 pathitems = sorted(ui.paths.iteritems())
3970 3970
3971 3971 fm = ui.formatter('paths', opts)
3972 3972 if fm.isplain():
3973 3973 hidepassword = util.hidepassword
3974 3974 else:
3975 3975 hidepassword = bytes
3976 3976 if ui.quiet:
3977 3977 namefmt = '%s\n'
3978 3978 else:
3979 3979 namefmt = '%s = '
3980 3980 showsubopts = not search and not ui.quiet
3981 3981
3982 3982 for name, path in pathitems:
3983 3983 fm.startitem()
3984 3984 fm.condwrite(not search, 'name', namefmt, name)
3985 3985 fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'url', '%s\n', hidepassword(path.rawloc))
3986 3986 for subopt, value in sorted(path.suboptions.items()):
3987 3987 assert subopt not in ('name', 'url')
3988 3988 if showsubopts:
3989 3989 fm.plain('%s:%s = ' % (name, subopt))
3990 3990 fm.condwrite(showsubopts, subopt, '%s\n', value)
3991 3991
3992 3992 fm.end()
3993 3993
3994 3994 if search and not pathitems:
3995 3995 if not ui.quiet:
3996 3996 ui.warn(_("not found!\n"))
3997 3997 return 1
3998 3998 else:
3999 3999 return 0
4000 4000
4001 4001 @command('phase',
4002 4002 [('p', 'public', False, _('set changeset phase to public')),
4003 4003 ('d', 'draft', False, _('set changeset phase to draft')),
4004 4004 ('s', 'secret', False, _('set changeset phase to secret')),
4005 4005 ('f', 'force', False, _('allow to move boundary backward')),
4006 4006 ('r', 'rev', [], _('target revision'), _('REV')),
4007 4007 ],
4008 4008 _('[-p|-d|-s] [-f] [-r] [REV...]'))
4009 4009 def phase(ui, repo, *revs, **opts):
4010 4010 """set or show the current phase name
4011 4011
4012 4012 With no argument, show the phase name of the current revision(s).
4013 4013
4014 4014 With one of -p/--public, -d/--draft or -s/--secret, change the
4015 4015 phase value of the specified revisions.
4016 4016
4017 4017 Unless -f/--force is specified, :hg:`phase` won't move changesets from a
4018 4018 lower phase to a higher phase. Phases are ordered as follows::
4019 4019
4020 4020 public < draft < secret
4021 4021
4022 4022 Returns 0 on success, 1 if some phases could not be changed.
4023 4023
4024 4024 (For more information about the phases concept, see :hg:`help phases`.)
4025 4025 """
4026 4026 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4027 4027 # search for a unique phase argument
4028 4028 targetphase = None
4029 4029 for idx, name in enumerate(phases.phasenames):
4030 4030 if opts[name]:
4031 4031 if targetphase is not None:
4032 4032 raise error.Abort(_('only one phase can be specified'))
4033 4033 targetphase = idx
4034 4034
4035 4035 # look for specified revision
4036 4036 revs = list(revs)
4037 4037 revs.extend(opts['rev'])
4038 4038 if not revs:
4039 4039 # display both parents as the second parent phase can influence
4040 4040 # the phase of a merge commit
4041 4041 revs = [c.rev() for c in repo[None].parents()]
4042 4042
4043 4043 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)
4044 4044
4045 4045 ret = 0
4046 4046 if targetphase is None:
4047 4047 # display
4048 4048 for r in revs:
4049 4049 ctx = repo[r]
4050 4050 ui.write('%i: %s\n' % (ctx.rev(), ctx.phasestr()))
4051 4051 else:
4052 4052 with repo.lock(), repo.transaction("phase") as tr:
4053 4053 # set phase
4054 4054 if not revs:
4055 4055 raise error.Abort(_('empty revision set'))
4056 4056 nodes = [repo[r].node() for r in revs]
4057 4057 # moving revision from public to draft may hide them
4058 4058 # We have to check result on an unfiltered repository
4059 4059 unfi = repo.unfiltered()
4060 4060 getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase
4061 4061 olddata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi]
4062 4062 phases.advanceboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes)
4063 4063 if opts['force']:
4064 4064 phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes)
4065 4065 getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase
4066 4066 newdata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi]
4067 4067 changes = sum(newdata[r] != olddata[r] for r in unfi)
4068 4068 cl = unfi.changelog
4069 4069 rejected = [n for n in nodes
4070 4070 if newdata[cl.rev(n)] < targetphase]
4071 4071 if rejected:
4072 4072 ui.warn(_('cannot move %i changesets to a higher '
4073 4073 'phase, use --force\n') % len(rejected))
4074 4074 ret = 1
4075 4075 if changes:
4076 4076 msg = _('phase changed for %i changesets\n') % changes
4077 4077 if ret:
4078 4078 ui.status(msg)
4079 4079 else:
4080 4080 ui.note(msg)
4081 4081 else:
4082 4082 ui.warn(_('no phases changed\n'))
4083 4083 return ret
4084 4084
4085 4085 def postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, optupdate, checkout, brev):
4086 4086 """Run after a changegroup has been added via pull/unbundle
4087 4087
4088 4088 This takes arguments below:
4089 4089
4090 4090 :modheads: change of heads by pull/unbundle
4091 4091 :optupdate: updating working directory is needed or not
4092 4092 :checkout: update destination revision (or None to default destination)
4093 4093 :brev: a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated after updating
4094 4094 """
4095 4095 if modheads == 0:
4096 4096 return
4097 4097 if optupdate:
4098 4098 try:
4099 4099 return hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, checkout, brev)
4100 4100 except error.UpdateAbort as inst:
4101 4101 msg = _("not updating: %s") % stringutil.forcebytestr(inst)
4102 4102 hint = inst.hint
4103 4103 raise error.UpdateAbort(msg, hint=hint)
4104 4104 if modheads > 1:
4105 4105 currentbranchheads = len(repo.branchheads())
4106 4106 if currentbranchheads == modheads:
4107 4107 ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n"))
4108 4108 elif currentbranchheads > 1:
4109 4109 ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads .' to see heads, 'hg merge' to "
4110 4110 "merge)\n"))
4111 4111 else:
4112 4112 ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads)\n"))
4113 4113 elif not ui.configbool('commands', 'update.requiredest'):
4114 4114 ui.status(_("(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n"))
4115 4115
4116 4116 @command('^pull',
4117 4117 [('u', 'update', None,
4118 4118 _('update to new branch head if new descendants were pulled')),
4119 4119 ('f', 'force', None, _('run even when remote repository is unrelated')),
4120 4120 ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')),
4121 4121 ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to pull"), _('BOOKMARK')),
4122 4122 ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to pull'),
4123 4123 _('BRANCH')),
4124 4124 ] + remoteopts,
4125 4125 _('[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [SOURCE]'))
4126 4126 def pull(ui, repo, source="default", **opts):
4127 4127 """pull changes from the specified source
4128 4128
4129 4129 Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.
4130 4130
4131 4131 This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path
4132 4132 or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless
4133 4133 -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the
4134 4134 project in the working directory.
4135 4135
4136 4136 When cloning from servers that support it, Mercurial may fetch
4137 4137 pre-generated data. When this is done, hooks operating on incoming
4138 4138 changesets and changegroups may fire more than once, once for each
4139 4139 pre-generated bundle and as well as for any additional remaining
4140 4140 data. See :hg:`help -e clonebundles` for more.
4141 4141
4142 4142 Use :hg:`incoming` if you want to see what would have been added
4143 4143 by a pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide
4144 4144 to add those changes to the repository, you should use :hg:`pull
4145 4145 -r X` where ``X`` is the last changeset listed by :hg:`incoming`.
4146 4146
4147 4147 If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.
4148 4148 See :hg:`help urls` for more information.
4149 4149
4150 4150 Specifying bookmark as ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active
4151 4151 bookmark's name.
4152 4152
4153 4153 Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files.
4154 4154 """
4155 4155
4156 4156 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4157 4157 if ui.configbool('commands', 'update.requiredest') and opts.get('update'):
4158 4158 msg = _('update destination required by configuration')
4159 4159 hint = _('use hg pull followed by hg update DEST')
4160 4160 raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
4161 4161
4162 4162 source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source), opts.get('branch'))
4163 4163 ui.status(_('pulling from %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source))
4164 4164 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source)
4165 4165 try:
4166 4166 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches,
4167 4167 opts.get('rev'))
4168 4168
4169 4169
4170 4170 pullopargs = {}
4171 4171 if opts.get('bookmark'):
4172 4172 if not revs:
4173 4173 revs = []
4174 4174 # The list of bookmark used here is not the one used to actually
4175 4175 # update the bookmark name. This can result in the revision pulled
4176 4176 # not ending up with the name of the bookmark because of a race
4177 4177 # condition on the server. (See issue 4689 for details)
4178 4178 remotebookmarks = other.listkeys('bookmarks')
4179 4179 remotebookmarks = bookmarks.unhexlifybookmarks(remotebookmarks)
4180 4180 pullopargs['remotebookmarks'] = remotebookmarks
4181 4181 for b in opts['bookmark']:
4182 4182 b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b)
4183 4183 if b not in remotebookmarks:
4184 4184 raise error.Abort(_('remote bookmark %s not found!') % b)
4185 4185 revs.append(hex(remotebookmarks[b]))
4186 4186
4187 4187 if revs:
4188 4188 try:
4189 4189 # When 'rev' is a bookmark name, we cannot guarantee that it
4190 4190 # will be updated with that name because of a race condition
4191 4191 # server side. (See issue 4689 for details)
4192 4192 oldrevs = revs
4193 4193 revs = [] # actually, nodes
4194 4194 for r in oldrevs:
4195 4195 with other.commandexecutor() as e:
4196 4196 node = e.callcommand('lookup', {'key': r}).result()
4197 4197
4198 4198 revs.append(node)
4199 4199 if r == checkout:
4200 4200 checkout = node
4201 4201 except error.CapabilityError:
4202 4202 err = _("other repository doesn't support revision lookup, "
4203 4203 "so a rev cannot be specified.")
4204 4204 raise error.Abort(err)
4205 4205
4206 4206 wlock = util.nullcontextmanager()
4207 4207 if opts.get('update'):
4208 4208 wlock = repo.wlock()
4209 4209 with wlock:
4210 4210 pullopargs.update(opts.get('opargs', {}))
4211 4211 modheads = exchange.pull(repo, other, heads=revs,
4212 4212 force=opts.get('force'),
4213 4213 bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()),
4214 4214 opargs=pullopargs).cgresult
4215 4215
4216 4216 # brev is a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated at
4217 4217 # the end of the update. In other words, it is an explicit
4218 4218 # destination of the update
4219 4219 brev = None
4220 4220
4221 4221 if checkout:
4222 4222 checkout = repo.changelog.rev(checkout)
4223 4223
4224 4224 # order below depends on implementation of
4225 4225 # hg.addbranchrevs(). opts['bookmark'] is ignored,
4226 4226 # because 'checkout' is determined without it.
4227 4227 if opts.get('rev'):
4228 4228 brev = opts['rev'][0]
4229 4229 elif opts.get('branch'):
4230 4230 brev = opts['branch'][0]
4231 4231 else:
4232 4232 brev = branches[0]
4233 4233 repo._subtoppath = source
4234 4234 try:
4235 4235 ret = postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'),
4236 4236 checkout, brev)
4237 4237
4238 4238 finally:
4239 4239 del repo._subtoppath
4240 4240
4241 4241 finally:
4242 4242 other.close()
4243 4243 return ret
4244 4244
4245 4245 @command('^push',
4246 4246 [('f', 'force', None, _('force push')),
4247 4247 ('r', 'rev', [],
4248 4248 _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'),
4249 4249 _('REV')),
4250 4250 ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to push"), _('BOOKMARK')),
4251 4251 ('b', 'branch', [],
4252 4252 _('a specific branch you would like to push'), _('BRANCH')),
4253 4253 ('', 'new-branch', False, _('allow pushing a new branch')),
4254 4254 ('', 'pushvars', [], _('variables that can be sent to server (ADVANCED)')),
4255 4255 ] + remoteopts,
4256 4256 _('[-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]'))
4257 4257 def push(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts):
4258 4258 """push changes to the specified destination
4259 4259
4260 4260 Push changesets from the local repository to the specified
4261 4261 destination.
4262 4262
4263 4263 This operation is symmetrical to pull: it is identical to a pull
4264 4264 in the destination repository from the current one.
4265 4265
4266 4266 By default, push will not allow creation of new heads at the
4267 4267 destination, since multiple heads would make it unclear which head
4268 4268 to use. In this situation, it is recommended to pull and merge
4269 4269 before pushing.
4270 4270
4271 4271 Use --new-branch if you want to allow push to create a new named
4272 4272 branch that is not present at the destination. This allows you to
4273 4273 only create a new branch without forcing other changes.
4274 4274
4275 4275 .. note::
4276 4276
4277 4277 Extra care should be taken with the -f/--force option,
4278 4278 which will push all new heads on all branches, an action which will
4279 4279 almost always cause confusion for collaborators.
4280 4280
4281 4281 If -r/--rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors
4282 4282 will be pushed to the remote repository.
4283 4283
4284 4284 If -B/--bookmark is used, the specified bookmarked revision, its
4285 4285 ancestors, and the bookmark will be pushed to the remote
4286 4286 repository. Specifying ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active
4287 4287 bookmark's name.
4288 4288
4289 4289 Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://``
4290 4290 URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.
4291 4291
4292 4292 .. container:: verbose
4293 4293
4294 4294 The --pushvars option sends strings to the server that become
4295 4295 environment variables prepended with ``HG_USERVAR_``. For example,
4296 4296 ``--pushvars ENABLE_FEATURE=true``, provides the server side hooks with
4297 4297 ``HG_USERVAR_ENABLE_FEATURE=true`` as part of their environment.
4298 4298
4299 4299 pushvars can provide for user-overridable hooks as well as set debug
4300 4300 levels. One example is having a hook that blocks commits containing
4301 4301 conflict markers, but enables the user to override the hook if the file
4302 4302 is using conflict markers for testing purposes or the file format has
4303 4303 strings that look like conflict markers.
4304 4304
4305 4305 By default, servers will ignore `--pushvars`. To enable it add the
4306 4306 following to your configuration file::
4307 4307
4308 4308 [push]
4309 4309 pushvars.server = true
4310 4310
4311 4311 Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push.
4312 4312 """
4313 4313
4314 4314 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4315 4315 if opts.get('bookmark'):
4316 4316 ui.setconfig('bookmarks', 'pushing', opts['bookmark'], 'push')
4317 4317 for b in opts['bookmark']:
4318 4318 # translate -B options to -r so changesets get pushed
4319 4319 b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b)
4320 4320 if b in repo._bookmarks:
4321 4321 opts.setdefault('rev', []).append(b)
4322 4322 else:
4323 4323 # if we try to push a deleted bookmark, translate it to null
4324 4324 # this lets simultaneous -r, -b options continue working
4325 4325 opts.setdefault('rev', []).append("null")
4326 4326
4327 4327 path = ui.paths.getpath(dest, default=('default-push', 'default'))
4328 4328 if not path:
4329 4329 raise error.Abort(_('default repository not configured!'),
4330 4330 hint=_("see 'hg help config.paths'"))
4331 4331 dest = path.pushloc or path.loc
4332 4332 branches = (path.branch, opts.get('branch') or [])
4333 4333 ui.status(_('pushing to %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest))
4334 4334 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, opts.get('rev'))
4335 4335 other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest)
4336 4336
4337 4337 if revs:
4338 4338 revs = [repo[r].node() for r in scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)]
4339 4339 if not revs:
4340 4340 raise error.Abort(_("specified revisions evaluate to an empty set"),
4341 4341 hint=_("use different revision arguments"))
4342 4342 elif path.pushrev:
4343 4343 # It doesn't make any sense to specify ancestor revisions. So limit
4344 4344 # to DAG heads to make discovery simpler.
4345 4345 expr = revsetlang.formatspec('heads(%r)', path.pushrev)
4346 4346 revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, [expr])
4347 4347 revs = [repo[rev].node() for rev in revs]
4348 4348 if not revs:
4349 4349 raise error.Abort(_('default push revset for path evaluates to an '
4350 4350 'empty set'))
4351 4351
4352 4352 repo._subtoppath = dest
4353 4353 try:
4354 4354 # push subrepos depth-first for coherent ordering
4355 4355 c = repo['.']
4356 4356 subs = c.substate # only repos that are committed
4357 4357 for s in sorted(subs):
4358 4358 result = c.sub(s).push(opts)
4359 4359 if result == 0:
4360 4360 return not result
4361 4361 finally:
4362 4362 del repo._subtoppath
4363 4363
4364 4364 opargs = dict(opts.get('opargs', {})) # copy opargs since we may mutate it
4365 4365 opargs.setdefault('pushvars', []).extend(opts.get('pushvars', []))
4366 4366
4367 4367 pushop = exchange.push(repo, other, opts.get('force'), revs=revs,
4368 4368 newbranch=opts.get('new_branch'),
4369 4369 bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()),
4370 4370 opargs=opargs)
4371 4371
4372 4372 result = not pushop.cgresult
4373 4373
4374 4374 if pushop.bkresult is not None:
4375 4375 if pushop.bkresult == 2:
4376 4376 result = 2
4377 4377 elif not result and pushop.bkresult:
4378 4378 result = 2
4379 4379
4380 4380 return result
4381 4381
4382 4382 @command('recover', [])
4383 4383 def recover(ui, repo):
4384 4384 """roll back an interrupted transaction
4385 4385
4386 4386 Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.
4387 4387
4388 4388 This command tries to fix the repository status after an
4389 4389 interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial
4390 4390 suggests it.
4391 4391
4392 4392 Returns 0 if successful, 1 if nothing to recover or verify fails.
4393 4393 """
4394 4394 if repo.recover():
4395 4395 return hg.verify(repo)
4396 4396 return 1
4397 4397
4398 4398 @command('^remove|rm',
4399 4399 [('A', 'after', None, _('record delete for missing files')),
4400 4400 ('f', 'force', None,
4401 4401 _('forget added files, delete modified files')),
4402 4402 ] + subrepoopts + walkopts + dryrunopts,
4403 4403 _('[OPTION]... FILE...'),
4404 4404 inferrepo=True)
4405 4405 def remove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
4406 4406 """remove the specified files on the next commit
4407 4407
4408 4408 Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch.
4409 4409
4410 4410 This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.
4411 4411 To undo a remove before that, see :hg:`revert`. To undo added
4412 4412 files, see :hg:`forget`.
4413 4413
4414 4414 .. container:: verbose
4415 4415
4416 4416 -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already
4417 4417 been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af
4418 4418 can be used to remove files from the next revision without
4419 4419 deleting them from the working directory.
4420 4420
4421 4421 The following table details the behavior of remove for different
4422 4422 file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file
4423 4423 states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]
4424 4424 (as reported by :hg:`status`). The actions are Warn, Remove
4425 4425 (from branch) and Delete (from disk):
4426 4426
4427 4427 ========= == == == ==
4428 4428 opt/state A C M !
4429 4429 ========= == == == ==
4430 4430 none W RD W R
4431 4431 -f R RD RD R
4432 4432 -A W W W R
4433 4433 -Af R R R R
4434 4434 ========= == == == ==
4435 4435
4436 4436 .. note::
4437 4437
4438 4438 :hg:`remove` never deletes files in Added [A] state from the
4439 4439 working directory, not even if ``--force`` is specified.
4440 4440
4441 4441 Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered.
4442 4442 """
4443 4443
4444 4444 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4445 4445 after, force = opts.get('after'), opts.get('force')
4446 4446 dryrun = opts.get('dry_run')
4447 4447 if not pats and not after:
4448 4448 raise error.Abort(_('no files specified'))
4449 4449
4450 4450 m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
4451 4451 subrepos = opts.get('subrepos')
4452 4452 return cmdutil.remove(ui, repo, m, "", after, force, subrepos,
4453 4453 dryrun=dryrun)
4454 4454
4455 4455 @command('rename|move|mv',
4456 4456 [('A', 'after', None, _('record a rename that has already occurred')),
4457 4457 ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')),
4458 4458 ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
4459 4459 _('[OPTION]... SOURCE... DEST'))
4460 4460 def rename(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
4461 4461 """rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
4462 4462
4463 4463 Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest
4464 4464 is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a
4465 4465 file, there can only be one source.
4466 4466
4467 4467 By default, this command copies the contents of files as they
4468 4468 exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the
4469 4469 operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
4470 4470
4471 4471 This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename
4472 4472 before that, see :hg:`revert`.
4473 4473
4474 4474 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
4475 4475 """
4476 4476 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4477 4477 with repo.wlock(False):
4478 4478 return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts, rename=True)
4479 4479
4480 4480 @command('resolve',
4481 4481 [('a', 'all', None, _('select all unresolved files')),
4482 4482 ('l', 'list', None, _('list state of files needing merge')),
4483 4483 ('m', 'mark', None, _('mark files as resolved')),
4484 4484 ('u', 'unmark', None, _('mark files as unresolved')),
4485 4485 ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix'))]
4486 4486 + mergetoolopts + walkopts + formatteropts,
4487 4487 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
4488 4488 inferrepo=True)
4489 4489 def resolve(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
4490 4490 """redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
4491 4491
4492 4492 Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of
4493 4493 non-interactive merging using the ``internal:merge`` configuration
4494 4494 setting, or a command-line merge tool like ``diff3``. The resolve
4495 4495 command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after
4496 4496 :hg:`merge` has been run, and before :hg:`commit` is run (i.e. the
4497 4497 working directory must have two parents). See :hg:`help
4498 4498 merge-tools` for information on configuring merge tools.
4499 4499
4500 4500 The resolve command can be used in the following ways:
4501 4501
4502 4502 - :hg:`resolve [--tool TOOL] FILE...`: attempt to re-merge the specified
4503 4503 files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re-merging is not
4504 4504 performed for files already marked as resolved. Use ``--all/-a``
4505 4505 to select all unresolved files. ``--tool`` can be used to specify
4506 4506 the merge tool used for the given files. It overrides the HGMERGE
4507 4507 environment variable and your configuration files. Previous file
4508 4508 contents are saved with a ``.orig`` suffix.
4509 4509
4510 4510 - :hg:`resolve -m [FILE]`: mark a file as having been resolved
4511 4511 (e.g. after having manually fixed-up the files). The default is
4512 4512 to mark all unresolved files.
4513 4513
4514 4514 - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: mark a file as unresolved. The
4515 4515 default is to mark all resolved files.
4516 4516
4517 4517 - :hg:`resolve -l`: list files which had or still have conflicts.
4518 4518 In the printed list, ``U`` = unresolved and ``R`` = resolved.
4519 4519 You can use ``set:unresolved()`` or ``set:resolved()`` to filter
4520 4520 the list. See :hg:`help filesets` for details.
4521 4521
4522 4522 .. note::
4523 4523
4524 4524 Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved merge
4525 4525 conflicts. You must use :hg:`resolve -m ...` before you can
4526 4526 commit after a conflicting merge.
4527 4527
4528 4528 Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt.
4529 4529 """
4530 4530
4531 4531 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4532 confirm = ui.configbool('commands', 'resolve.confirm')
4532 4533 flaglist = 'all mark unmark list no_status'.split()
4533 4534 all, mark, unmark, show, nostatus = \
4534 4535 [opts.get(o) for o in flaglist]
4535 4536
4537 if all and confirm:
4538 if ui.promptchoice(_(b're-merge all unresolved files (yn)?'
4539 b'$$ &Yes $$ &No')):
4540 raise error.Abort(_('user quit'))
4541
4536 4542 if (show and (mark or unmark)) or (mark and unmark):
4537 4543 raise error.Abort(_("too many options specified"))
4538 4544 if pats and all:
4539 4545 raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --all and patterns"))
4540 4546 if not (all or pats or show or mark or unmark):
4541 4547 raise error.Abort(_('no files or directories specified'),
4542 4548 hint=('use --all to re-merge all unresolved files'))
4543 4549
4544 4550 if show:
4545 4551 ui.pager('resolve')
4546 4552 fm = ui.formatter('resolve', opts)
4547 4553 ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
4548 4554 wctx = repo[None]
4549 4555 m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts)
4550 4556
4551 4557 # Labels and keys based on merge state. Unresolved path conflicts show
4552 4558 # as 'P'. Resolved path conflicts show as 'R', the same as normal
4553 4559 # resolved conflicts.
4554 4560 mergestateinfo = {
4555 4561 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED: ('resolve.unresolved', 'U'),
4556 4562 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED: ('resolve.resolved', 'R'),
4557 4563 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED_PATH: ('resolve.unresolved', 'P'),
4558 4564 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED_PATH: ('resolve.resolved', 'R'),
4559 4565 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_DRIVER_RESOLVED: ('resolve.driverresolved',
4560 4566 'D'),
4561 4567 }
4562 4568
4563 4569 for f in ms:
4564 4570 if not m(f):
4565 4571 continue
4566 4572
4567 4573 label, key = mergestateinfo[ms[f]]
4568 4574 fm.startitem()
4569 4575 fm.context(ctx=wctx)
4570 4576 fm.condwrite(not nostatus, 'status', '%s ', key, label=label)
4571 4577 fm.write('path', '%s\n', f, label=label)
4572 4578 fm.end()
4573 4579 return 0
4574 4580
4575 4581 with repo.wlock():
4576 4582 ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
4577 4583
4578 4584 if not (ms.active() or repo.dirstate.p2() != nullid):
4579 4585 raise error.Abort(
4580 4586 _('resolve command not applicable when not merging'))
4581 4587
4582 4588 wctx = repo[None]
4583 4589
4584 4590 if (ms.mergedriver
4585 4591 and ms.mdstate() == mergemod.MERGE_DRIVER_STATE_UNMARKED):
4586 4592 proceed = mergemod.driverpreprocess(repo, ms, wctx)
4587 4593 ms.commit()
4588 4594 # allow mark and unmark to go through
4589 4595 if not mark and not unmark and not proceed:
4590 4596 return 1
4591 4597
4592 4598 m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts)
4593 4599 ret = 0
4594 4600 didwork = False
4595 4601 runconclude = False
4596 4602
4597 4603 tocomplete = []
4598 4604 hasconflictmarkers = []
4599 4605 if mark:
4600 4606 markcheck = ui.config('experimental', 'resolve.mark-check')
4601 4607 for f in ms:
4602 4608 if not m(f):
4603 4609 continue
4604 4610
4605 4611 didwork = True
4606 4612
4607 4613 # don't let driver-resolved files be marked, and run the conclude
4608 4614 # step if asked to resolve
4609 4615 if ms[f] == mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_DRIVER_RESOLVED:
4610 4616 exact = m.exact(f)
4611 4617 if mark:
4612 4618 if exact:
4613 4619 ui.warn(_('not marking %s as it is driver-resolved\n')
4614 4620 % f)
4615 4621 elif unmark:
4616 4622 if exact:
4617 4623 ui.warn(_('not unmarking %s as it is driver-resolved\n')
4618 4624 % f)
4619 4625 else:
4620 4626 runconclude = True
4621 4627 continue
4622 4628
4623 4629 # path conflicts must be resolved manually
4624 4630 if ms[f] in (mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED_PATH,
4625 4631 mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED_PATH):
4626 4632 if mark:
4627 4633 ms.mark(f, mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED_PATH)
4628 4634 elif unmark:
4629 4635 ms.mark(f, mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED_PATH)
4630 4636 elif ms[f] == mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED_PATH:
4631 4637 ui.warn(_('%s: path conflict must be resolved manually\n')
4632 4638 % f)
4633 4639 continue
4634 4640
4635 4641 if mark:
4636 4642 if markcheck:
4637 4643 with repo.wvfs(f) as fobj:
4638 4644 fdata = fobj.read()
4639 4645 if filemerge.hasconflictmarkers(fdata) and \
4640 4646 ms[f] != mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED:
4641 4647 hasconflictmarkers.append(f)
4642 4648 ms.mark(f, mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_RESOLVED)
4643 4649 elif unmark:
4644 4650 ms.mark(f, mergemod.MERGE_RECORD_UNRESOLVED)
4645 4651 else:
4646 4652 # backup pre-resolve (merge uses .orig for its own purposes)
4647 4653 a = repo.wjoin(f)
4648 4654 try:
4649 4655 util.copyfile(a, a + ".resolve")
4650 4656 except (IOError, OSError) as inst:
4651 4657 if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
4652 4658 raise
4653 4659
4654 4660 try:
4655 4661 # preresolve file
4656 4662 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
4657 4663 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'resolve'):
4658 4664 complete, r = ms.preresolve(f, wctx)
4659 4665 if not complete:
4660 4666 tocomplete.append(f)
4661 4667 elif r:
4662 4668 ret = 1
4663 4669 finally:
4664 4670 ms.commit()
4665 4671
4666 4672 # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file, but only
4667 4673 # for merges that are complete
4668 4674 if complete:
4669 4675 try:
4670 4676 util.rename(a + ".resolve",
4671 4677 scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a))
4672 4678 except OSError as inst:
4673 4679 if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
4674 4680 raise
4675 4681
4676 4682 if hasconflictmarkers:
4677 4683 ui.warn(_('warning: the following files still have conflict '
4678 4684 'markers:\n ') + '\n '.join(hasconflictmarkers) + '\n')
4679 4685 if markcheck == 'abort' and not all:
4680 4686 raise error.Abort(_('conflict markers detected'),
4681 4687 hint=_('use --all to mark anyway'))
4682 4688
4683 4689 for f in tocomplete:
4684 4690 try:
4685 4691 # resolve file
4686 4692 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get('tool', '')}
4687 4693 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'resolve'):
4688 4694 r = ms.resolve(f, wctx)
4689 4695 if r:
4690 4696 ret = 1
4691 4697 finally:
4692 4698 ms.commit()
4693 4699
4694 4700 # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file
4695 4701 a = repo.wjoin(f)
4696 4702 try:
4697 4703 util.rename(a + ".resolve", scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a))
4698 4704 except OSError as inst:
4699 4705 if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
4700 4706 raise
4701 4707
4702 4708 ms.commit()
4703 4709 ms.recordactions()
4704 4710
4705 4711 if not didwork and pats:
4706 4712 hint = None
4707 4713 if not any([p for p in pats if p.find(':') >= 0]):
4708 4714 pats = ['path:%s' % p for p in pats]
4709 4715 m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts)
4710 4716 for f in ms:
4711 4717 if not m(f):
4712 4718 continue
4713 4719 flags = ''.join(['-%s ' % o[0:1] for o in flaglist
4714 4720 if opts.get(o)])
4715 4721 hint = _("(try: hg resolve %s%s)\n") % (
4716 4722 flags,
4717 4723 ' '.join(pats))
4718 4724 break
4719 4725 ui.warn(_("arguments do not match paths that need resolving\n"))
4720 4726 if hint:
4721 4727 ui.warn(hint)
4722 4728 elif ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() != 's':
4723 4729 # run conclude step when either a driver-resolved file is requested
4724 4730 # or there are no driver-resolved files
4725 4731 # we can't use 'ret' to determine whether any files are unresolved
4726 4732 # because we might not have tried to resolve some
4727 4733 if ((runconclude or not list(ms.driverresolved()))
4728 4734 and not list(ms.unresolved())):
4729 4735 proceed = mergemod.driverconclude(repo, ms, wctx)
4730 4736 ms.commit()
4731 4737 if not proceed:
4732 4738 return 1
4733 4739
4734 4740 # Nudge users into finishing an unfinished operation
4735 4741 unresolvedf = list(ms.unresolved())
4736 4742 driverresolvedf = list(ms.driverresolved())
4737 4743 if not unresolvedf and not driverresolvedf:
4738 4744 ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files)\n'))
4739 4745 cmdutil.checkafterresolved(repo)
4740 4746 elif not unresolvedf:
4741 4747 ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files -- '
4742 4748 'run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)\n'))
4743 4749
4744 4750 return ret
4745 4751
4746 4752 @command('revert',
4747 4753 [('a', 'all', None, _('revert all changes when no arguments given')),
4748 4754 ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')),
4749 4755 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revert to the specified revision'), _('REV')),
4750 4756 ('C', 'no-backup', None, _('do not save backup copies of files')),
4751 4757 ('i', 'interactive', None, _('interactively select the changes')),
4752 4758 ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
4753 4759 _('[OPTION]... [-r REV] [NAME]...'))
4754 4760 def revert(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
4755 4761 """restore files to their checkout state
4756 4762
4757 4763 .. note::
4758 4764
4759 4765 To check out earlier revisions, you should use :hg:`update REV`.
4760 4766 To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes),
4761 4767 use :hg:`merge --abort`.
4762 4768
4763 4769 With no revision specified, revert the specified files or directories
4764 4770 to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.
4765 4771 This restores the contents of files to an unmodified
4766 4772 state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the
4767 4773 working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify a
4768 4774 revision.
4769 4775
4770 4776 Using the -r/--rev or -d/--date options, revert the given files or
4771 4777 directories to their states as of a specific revision. Because
4772 4778 revert does not change the working directory parents, this will
4773 4779 cause these files to appear modified. This can be helpful to "back
4774 4780 out" some or all of an earlier change. See :hg:`backout` for a
4775 4781 related method.
4776 4782
4777 4783 Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.
4778 4784 To disable these backups, use --no-backup. It is possible to store
4779 4785 the backup files in a custom directory relative to the root of the
4780 4786 repository by setting the ``ui.origbackuppath`` configuration
4781 4787 option.
4782 4788
4783 4789 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
4784 4790
4785 4791 See :hg:`help backout` for a way to reverse the effect of an
4786 4792 earlier changeset.
4787 4793
4788 4794 Returns 0 on success.
4789 4795 """
4790 4796
4791 4797 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4792 4798 if opts.get("date"):
4793 4799 if opts.get("rev"):
4794 4800 raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date"))
4795 4801 opts["rev"] = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, opts["date"])
4796 4802
4797 4803 parent, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
4798 4804 if not opts.get('rev') and p2 != nullid:
4799 4805 # revert after merge is a trap for new users (issue2915)
4800 4806 raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge with no revision specified'),
4801 4807 hint=_("use 'hg update' or see 'hg help revert'"))
4802 4808
4803 4809 rev = opts.get('rev')
4804 4810 if rev:
4805 4811 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
4806 4812 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev)
4807 4813
4808 4814 if (not (pats or opts.get('include') or opts.get('exclude') or
4809 4815 opts.get('all') or opts.get('interactive'))):
4810 4816 msg = _("no files or directories specified")
4811 4817 if p2 != nullid:
4812 4818 hint = _("uncommitted merge, use --all to discard all changes,"
4813 4819 " or 'hg update -C .' to abort the merge")
4814 4820 raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
4815 4821 dirty = any(repo.status())
4816 4822 node = ctx.node()
4817 4823 if node != parent:
4818 4824 if dirty:
4819 4825 hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all"
4820 4826 " changes, or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev()
4821 4827 else:
4822 4828 hint = _("use --all to revert all files,"
4823 4829 " or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev()
4824 4830 elif dirty:
4825 4831 hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all changes")
4826 4832 else:
4827 4833 hint = _("use --all to revert all files")
4828 4834 raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
4829 4835
4830 4836 return cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, ctx, (parent, p2), *pats,
4831 4837 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
4832 4838
4833 4839 @command('rollback', dryrunopts +
4834 4840 [('f', 'force', False, _('ignore safety measures'))])
4835 4841 def rollback(ui, repo, **opts):
4836 4842 """roll back the last transaction (DANGEROUS) (DEPRECATED)
4837 4843
4838 4844 Please use :hg:`commit --amend` instead of rollback to correct
4839 4845 mistakes in the last commit.
4840 4846
4841 4847 This command should be used with care. There is only one level of
4842 4848 rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also
4843 4849 restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing
4844 4850 any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter
4845 4851 the working directory.
4846 4852
4847 4853 Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands
4848 4854 that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a
4849 4855 repository.
4850 4856
4851 4857 .. container:: verbose
4852 4858
4853 4859 For example, the following commands are transactional, and their
4854 4860 effects can be rolled back:
4855 4861
4856 4862 - commit
4857 4863 - import
4858 4864 - pull
4859 4865 - push (with this repository as the destination)
4860 4866 - unbundle
4861 4867
4862 4868 To avoid permanent data loss, rollback will refuse to rollback a
4863 4869 commit transaction if it isn't checked out. Use --force to
4864 4870 override this protection.
4865 4871
4866 4872 The rollback command can be entirely disabled by setting the
4867 4873 ``ui.rollback`` configuration setting to false. If you're here
4868 4874 because you want to use rollback and it's disabled, you can
4869 4875 re-enable the command by setting ``ui.rollback`` to true.
4870 4876
4871 4877 This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once
4872 4878 changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction
4873 4879 back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled
4874 4880 the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the
4875 4881 repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository
4876 4882 may fail if a rollback is performed.
4877 4883
4878 4884 Returns 0 on success, 1 if no rollback data is available.
4879 4885 """
4880 4886 if not ui.configbool('ui', 'rollback'):
4881 4887 raise error.Abort(_('rollback is disabled because it is unsafe'),
4882 4888 hint=('see `hg help -v rollback` for information'))
4883 4889 return repo.rollback(dryrun=opts.get(r'dry_run'),
4884 4890 force=opts.get(r'force'))
4885 4891
4886 4892 @command('root', [], intents={INTENT_READONLY})
4887 4893 def root(ui, repo):
4888 4894 """print the root (top) of the current working directory
4889 4895
4890 4896 Print the root directory of the current repository.
4891 4897
4892 4898 Returns 0 on success.
4893 4899 """
4894 4900 ui.write(repo.root + "\n")
4895 4901
4896 4902 @command('^serve',
4897 4903 [('A', 'accesslog', '', _('name of access log file to write to'),
4898 4904 _('FILE')),
4899 4905 ('d', 'daemon', None, _('run server in background')),
4900 4906 ('', 'daemon-postexec', [], _('used internally by daemon mode')),
4901 4907 ('E', 'errorlog', '', _('name of error log file to write to'), _('FILE')),
4902 4908 # use string type, then we can check if something was passed
4903 4909 ('p', 'port', '', _('port to listen on (default: 8000)'), _('PORT')),
4904 4910 ('a', 'address', '', _('address to listen on (default: all interfaces)'),
4905 4911 _('ADDR')),
4906 4912 ('', 'prefix', '', _('prefix path to serve from (default: server root)'),
4907 4913 _('PREFIX')),
4908 4914 ('n', 'name', '',
4909 4915 _('name to show in web pages (default: working directory)'), _('NAME')),
4910 4916 ('', 'web-conf', '',
4911 4917 _("name of the hgweb config file (see 'hg help hgweb')"), _('FILE')),
4912 4918 ('', 'webdir-conf', '', _('name of the hgweb config file (DEPRECATED)'),
4913 4919 _('FILE')),
4914 4920 ('', 'pid-file', '', _('name of file to write process ID to'), _('FILE')),
4915 4921 ('', 'stdio', None, _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)')),
4916 4922 ('', 'cmdserver', '', _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)'), _('MODE')),
4917 4923 ('t', 'templates', '', _('web templates to use'), _('TEMPLATE')),
4918 4924 ('', 'style', '', _('template style to use'), _('STYLE')),
4919 4925 ('6', 'ipv6', None, _('use IPv6 in addition to IPv4')),
4920 4926 ('', 'certificate', '', _('SSL certificate file'), _('FILE')),
4921 4927 ('', 'print-url', None, _('start and print only the URL'))]
4922 4928 + subrepoopts,
4923 4929 _('[OPTION]...'),
4924 4930 optionalrepo=True)
4925 4931 def serve(ui, repo, **opts):
4926 4932 """start stand-alone webserver
4927 4933
4928 4934 Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use
4929 4935 this for ad-hoc sharing and browsing of repositories. It is
4930 4936 recommended to use a real web server to serve a repository for
4931 4937 longer periods of time.
4932 4938
4933 4939 Please note that the server does not implement access control.
4934 4940 This means that, by default, anybody can read from the server and
4935 4941 nobody can write to it by default. Set the ``web.allow-push``
4936 4942 option to ``*`` to allow everybody to push to the server. You
4937 4943 should use a real web server if you need to authenticate users.
4938 4944
4939 4945 By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to
4940 4946 stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to
4941 4947 files.
4942 4948
4943 4949 To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify
4944 4950 a port number of 0; in this case, the server will print the port
4945 4951 number it uses.
4946 4952
4947 4953 Returns 0 on success.
4948 4954 """
4949 4955
4950 4956 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
4951 4957 if opts["stdio"] and opts["cmdserver"]:
4952 4958 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --stdio with --cmdserver"))
4953 4959 if opts["print_url"] and ui.verbose:
4954 4960 raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --print-url with --verbose"))
4955 4961
4956 4962 if opts["stdio"]:
4957 4963 if repo is None:
4958 4964 raise error.RepoError(_("there is no Mercurial repository here"
4959 4965 " (.hg not found)"))
4960 4966 s = wireprotoserver.sshserver(ui, repo)
4961 4967 s.serve_forever()
4962 4968
4963 4969 service = server.createservice(ui, repo, opts)
4964 4970 return server.runservice(opts, initfn=service.init, runfn=service.run)
4965 4971
4966 4972 _NOTTERSE = 'nothing'
4967 4973
4968 4974 @command('^status|st',
4969 4975 [('A', 'all', None, _('show status of all files')),
4970 4976 ('m', 'modified', None, _('show only modified files')),
4971 4977 ('a', 'added', None, _('show only added files')),
4972 4978 ('r', 'removed', None, _('show only removed files')),
4973 4979 ('d', 'deleted', None, _('show only deleted (but tracked) files')),
4974 4980 ('c', 'clean', None, _('show only files without changes')),
4975 4981 ('u', 'unknown', None, _('show only unknown (not tracked) files')),
4976 4982 ('i', 'ignored', None, _('show only ignored files')),
4977 4983 ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix')),
4978 4984 ('t', 'terse', _NOTTERSE, _('show the terse output (EXPERIMENTAL)')),
4979 4985 ('C', 'copies', None, _('show source of copied files')),
4980 4986 ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')),
4981 4987 ('', 'rev', [], _('show difference from revision'), _('REV')),
4982 4988 ('', 'change', '', _('list the changed files of a revision'), _('REV')),
4983 4989 ] + walkopts + subrepoopts + formatteropts,
4984 4990 _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
4985 4991 inferrepo=True,
4986 4992 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
4987 4993 def status(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
4988 4994 """show changed files in the working directory
4989 4995
4990 4996 Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only
4991 4997 files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or
4992 4998 the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless
4993 4999 -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.
4994 5000 Unless options described with "show only ..." are given, the
4995 5001 options -mardu are used.
4996 5002
4997 5003 Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files
4998 5004 unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.
4999 5005
5000 5006 .. note::
5001 5007
5002 5008 :hg:`status` may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have
5003 5009 changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does
5004 5010 not report permission changes and diff only reports changes
5005 5011 relative to one merge parent.
5006 5012
5007 5013 If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.
5008 5014 If two revisions are given, the differences between them are
5009 5015 shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list
5010 5016 the changed files of a revision from its first parent.
5011 5017
5012 5018 The codes used to show the status of files are::
5013 5019
5014 5020 M = modified
5015 5021 A = added
5016 5022 R = removed
5017 5023 C = clean
5018 5024 ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
5019 5025 ? = not tracked
5020 5026 I = ignored
5021 5027 = origin of the previous file (with --copies)
5022 5028
5023 5029 .. container:: verbose
5024 5030
5025 5031 The -t/--terse option abbreviates the output by showing only the directory
5026 5032 name if all the files in it share the same status. The option takes an
5027 5033 argument indicating the statuses to abbreviate: 'm' for 'modified', 'a'
5028 5034 for 'added', 'r' for 'removed', 'd' for 'deleted', 'u' for 'unknown', 'i'
5029 5035 for 'ignored' and 'c' for clean.
5030 5036
5031 5037 It abbreviates only those statuses which are passed. Note that clean and
5032 5038 ignored files are not displayed with '--terse ic' unless the -c/--clean
5033 5039 and -i/--ignored options are also used.
5034 5040
5035 5041 The -v/--verbose option shows information when the repository is in an
5036 5042 unfinished merge, shelve, rebase state etc. You can have this behavior
5037 5043 turned on by default by enabling the ``commands.status.verbose`` option.
5038 5044
5039 5045 You can skip displaying some of these states by setting
5040 5046 ``commands.status.skipstates`` to one or more of: 'bisect', 'graft',
5041 5047 'histedit', 'merge', 'rebase', or 'unshelve'.
5042 5048
5043 5049 Examples:
5044 5050
5045 5051 - show changes in the working directory relative to a
5046 5052 changeset::
5047 5053
5048 5054 hg status --rev 9353
5049 5055
5050 5056 - show changes in the working directory relative to the
5051 5057 current directory (see :hg:`help patterns` for more information)::
5052 5058
5053 5059 hg status re:
5054 5060
5055 5061 - show all changes including copies in an existing changeset::
5056 5062
5057 5063 hg status --copies --change 9353
5058 5064
5059 5065 - get a NUL separated list of added files, suitable for xargs::
5060 5066
5061 5067 hg status -an0
5062 5068
5063 5069 - show more information about the repository status, abbreviating
5064 5070 added, removed, modified, deleted, and untracked paths::
5065 5071
5066 5072 hg status -v -t mardu
5067 5073
5068 5074 Returns 0 on success.
5069 5075
5070 5076 """
5071 5077
5072 5078 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5073 5079 revs = opts.get('rev')
5074 5080 change = opts.get('change')
5075 5081 terse = opts.get('terse')
5076 5082 if terse is _NOTTERSE:
5077 5083 if revs:
5078 5084 terse = ''
5079 5085 else:
5080 5086 terse = ui.config('commands', 'status.terse')
5081 5087
5082 5088 if revs and change:
5083 5089 msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time')
5084 5090 raise error.Abort(msg)
5085 5091 elif revs and terse:
5086 5092 msg = _('cannot use --terse with --rev')
5087 5093 raise error.Abort(msg)
5088 5094 elif change:
5089 5095 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [change], 'nowarn')
5090 5096 ctx2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None)
5091 5097 ctx1 = ctx2.p1()
5092 5098 else:
5093 5099 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, revs, 'nowarn')
5094 5100 ctx1, ctx2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs)
5095 5101
5096 5102 if pats or ui.configbool('commands', 'status.relative'):
5097 5103 cwd = repo.getcwd()
5098 5104 else:
5099 5105 cwd = ''
5100 5106
5101 5107 if opts.get('print0'):
5102 5108 end = '\0'
5103 5109 else:
5104 5110 end = '\n'
5105 5111 copy = {}
5106 5112 states = 'modified added removed deleted unknown ignored clean'.split()
5107 5113 show = [k for k in states if opts.get(k)]
5108 5114 if opts.get('all'):
5109 5115 show += ui.quiet and (states[:4] + ['clean']) or states
5110 5116
5111 5117 if not show:
5112 5118 if ui.quiet:
5113 5119 show = states[:4]
5114 5120 else:
5115 5121 show = states[:5]
5116 5122
5117 5123 m = scmutil.match(ctx2, pats, opts)
5118 5124 if terse:
5119 5125 # we need to compute clean and unknown to terse
5120 5126 stat = repo.status(ctx1.node(), ctx2.node(), m,
5121 5127 'ignored' in show or 'i' in terse,
5122 5128 clean=True, unknown=True,
5123 5129 listsubrepos=opts.get('subrepos'))
5124 5130
5125 5131 stat = cmdutil.tersedir(stat, terse)
5126 5132 else:
5127 5133 stat = repo.status(ctx1.node(), ctx2.node(), m,
5128 5134 'ignored' in show, 'clean' in show,
5129 5135 'unknown' in show, opts.get('subrepos'))
5130 5136
5131 5137 changestates = zip(states, pycompat.iterbytestr('MAR!?IC'), stat)
5132 5138
5133 5139 if (opts.get('all') or opts.get('copies')
5134 5140 or ui.configbool('ui', 'statuscopies')) and not opts.get('no_status'):
5135 5141 copy = copies.pathcopies(ctx1, ctx2, m)
5136 5142
5137 5143 ui.pager('status')
5138 5144 fm = ui.formatter('status', opts)
5139 5145 fmt = '%s' + end
5140 5146 showchar = not opts.get('no_status')
5141 5147
5142 5148 for state, char, files in changestates:
5143 5149 if state in show:
5144 5150 label = 'status.' + state
5145 5151 for f in files:
5146 5152 fm.startitem()
5147 5153 fm.context(ctx=ctx2)
5148 5154 fm.condwrite(showchar, 'status', '%s ', char, label=label)
5149 5155 fm.write('path', fmt, repo.pathto(f, cwd), label=label)
5150 5156 if f in copy:
5151 5157 fm.write("copy", ' %s' + end, repo.pathto(copy[f], cwd),
5152 5158 label='status.copied')
5153 5159
5154 5160 if ((ui.verbose or ui.configbool('commands', 'status.verbose'))
5155 5161 and not ui.plain()):
5156 5162 cmdutil.morestatus(repo, fm)
5157 5163 fm.end()
5158 5164
5159 5165 @command('^summary|sum',
5160 5166 [('', 'remote', None, _('check for push and pull'))],
5161 5167 '[--remote]',
5162 5168 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
5163 5169 def summary(ui, repo, **opts):
5164 5170 """summarize working directory state
5165 5171
5166 5172 This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,
5167 5173 including parents, branch, commit status, phase and available updates.
5168 5174
5169 5175 With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for
5170 5176 incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.
5171 5177
5172 5178 Returns 0 on success.
5173 5179 """
5174 5180
5175 5181 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5176 5182 ui.pager('summary')
5177 5183 ctx = repo[None]
5178 5184 parents = ctx.parents()
5179 5185 pnode = parents[0].node()
5180 5186 marks = []
5181 5187
5182 5188 ms = None
5183 5189 try:
5184 5190 ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
5185 5191 except error.UnsupportedMergeRecords as e:
5186 5192 s = ' '.join(e.recordtypes)
5187 5193 ui.warn(
5188 5194 _('warning: merge state has unsupported record types: %s\n') % s)
5189 5195 unresolved = []
5190 5196 else:
5191 5197 unresolved = list(ms.unresolved())
5192 5198
5193 5199 for p in parents:
5194 5200 # label with log.changeset (instead of log.parent) since this
5195 5201 # shows a working directory parent *changeset*:
5196 5202 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5197 5203 ui.write(_('parent: %d:%s ') % (p.rev(), p),
5198 5204 label=logcmdutil.changesetlabels(p))
5199 5205 ui.write(' '.join(p.tags()), label='log.tag')
5200 5206 if p.bookmarks():
5201 5207 marks.extend(p.bookmarks())
5202 5208 if p.rev() == -1:
5203 5209 if not len(repo):
5204 5210 ui.write(_(' (empty repository)'))
5205 5211 else:
5206 5212 ui.write(_(' (no revision checked out)'))
5207 5213 if p.obsolete():
5208 5214 ui.write(_(' (obsolete)'))
5209 5215 if p.isunstable():
5210 5216 instabilities = (ui.label(instability, 'trouble.%s' % instability)
5211 5217 for instability in p.instabilities())
5212 5218 ui.write(' ('
5213 5219 + ', '.join(instabilities)
5214 5220 + ')')
5215 5221 ui.write('\n')
5216 5222 if p.description():
5217 5223 ui.status(' ' + p.description().splitlines()[0].strip() + '\n',
5218 5224 label='log.summary')
5219 5225
5220 5226 branch = ctx.branch()
5221 5227 bheads = repo.branchheads(branch)
5222 5228 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5223 5229 m = _('branch: %s\n') % branch
5224 5230 if branch != 'default':
5225 5231 ui.write(m, label='log.branch')
5226 5232 else:
5227 5233 ui.status(m, label='log.branch')
5228 5234
5229 5235 if marks:
5230 5236 active = repo._activebookmark
5231 5237 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5232 5238 ui.write(_('bookmarks:'), label='log.bookmark')
5233 5239 if active is not None:
5234 5240 if active in marks:
5235 5241 ui.write(' *' + active, label=bookmarks.activebookmarklabel)
5236 5242 marks.remove(active)
5237 5243 else:
5238 5244 ui.write(' [%s]' % active, label=bookmarks.activebookmarklabel)
5239 5245 for m in marks:
5240 5246 ui.write(' ' + m, label='log.bookmark')
5241 5247 ui.write('\n', label='log.bookmark')
5242 5248
5243 5249 status = repo.status(unknown=True)
5244 5250
5245 5251 c = repo.dirstate.copies()
5246 5252 copied, renamed = [], []
5247 5253 for d, s in c.iteritems():
5248 5254 if s in status.removed:
5249 5255 status.removed.remove(s)
5250 5256 renamed.append(d)
5251 5257 else:
5252 5258 copied.append(d)
5253 5259 if d in status.added:
5254 5260 status.added.remove(d)
5255 5261
5256 5262 subs = [s for s in ctx.substate if ctx.sub(s).dirty()]
5257 5263
5258 5264 labels = [(ui.label(_('%d modified'), 'status.modified'), status.modified),
5259 5265 (ui.label(_('%d added'), 'status.added'), status.added),
5260 5266 (ui.label(_('%d removed'), 'status.removed'), status.removed),
5261 5267 (ui.label(_('%d renamed'), 'status.copied'), renamed),
5262 5268 (ui.label(_('%d copied'), 'status.copied'), copied),
5263 5269 (ui.label(_('%d deleted'), 'status.deleted'), status.deleted),
5264 5270 (ui.label(_('%d unknown'), 'status.unknown'), status.unknown),
5265 5271 (ui.label(_('%d unresolved'), 'resolve.unresolved'), unresolved),
5266 5272 (ui.label(_('%d subrepos'), 'status.modified'), subs)]
5267 5273 t = []
5268 5274 for l, s in labels:
5269 5275 if s:
5270 5276 t.append(l % len(s))
5271 5277
5272 5278 t = ', '.join(t)
5273 5279 cleanworkdir = False
5274 5280
5275 5281 if repo.vfs.exists('graftstate'):
5276 5282 t += _(' (graft in progress)')
5277 5283 if repo.vfs.exists('updatestate'):
5278 5284 t += _(' (interrupted update)')
5279 5285 elif len(parents) > 1:
5280 5286 t += _(' (merge)')
5281 5287 elif branch != parents[0].branch():
5282 5288 t += _(' (new branch)')
5283 5289 elif (parents[0].closesbranch() and
5284 5290 pnode in repo.branchheads(branch, closed=True)):
5285 5291 t += _(' (head closed)')
5286 5292 elif not (status.modified or status.added or status.removed or renamed or
5287 5293 copied or subs):
5288 5294 t += _(' (clean)')
5289 5295 cleanworkdir = True
5290 5296 elif pnode not in bheads:
5291 5297 t += _(' (new branch head)')
5292 5298
5293 5299 if parents:
5294 5300 pendingphase = max(p.phase() for p in parents)
5295 5301 else:
5296 5302 pendingphase = phases.public
5297 5303
5298 5304 if pendingphase > phases.newcommitphase(ui):
5299 5305 t += ' (%s)' % phases.phasenames[pendingphase]
5300 5306
5301 5307 if cleanworkdir:
5302 5308 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5303 5309 ui.status(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip())
5304 5310 else:
5305 5311 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5306 5312 ui.write(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip())
5307 5313
5308 5314 # all ancestors of branch heads - all ancestors of parent = new csets
5309 5315 new = len(repo.changelog.findmissing([pctx.node() for pctx in parents],
5310 5316 bheads))
5311 5317
5312 5318 if new == 0:
5313 5319 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5314 5320 ui.status(_('update: (current)\n'))
5315 5321 elif pnode not in bheads:
5316 5322 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5317 5323 ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets (update)\n') % new)
5318 5324 else:
5319 5325 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5320 5326 ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets, %d branch heads (merge)\n') %
5321 5327 (new, len(bheads)))
5322 5328
5323 5329 t = []
5324 5330 draft = len(repo.revs('draft()'))
5325 5331 if draft:
5326 5332 t.append(_('%d draft') % draft)
5327 5333 secret = len(repo.revs('secret()'))
5328 5334 if secret:
5329 5335 t.append(_('%d secret') % secret)
5330 5336
5331 5337 if draft or secret:
5332 5338 ui.status(_('phases: %s\n') % ', '.join(t))
5333 5339
5334 5340 if obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt):
5335 5341 for trouble in ("orphan", "contentdivergent", "phasedivergent"):
5336 5342 numtrouble = len(repo.revs(trouble + "()"))
5337 5343 # We write all the possibilities to ease translation
5338 5344 troublemsg = {
5339 5345 "orphan": _("orphan: %d changesets"),
5340 5346 "contentdivergent": _("content-divergent: %d changesets"),
5341 5347 "phasedivergent": _("phase-divergent: %d changesets"),
5342 5348 }
5343 5349 if numtrouble > 0:
5344 5350 ui.status(troublemsg[trouble] % numtrouble + "\n")
5345 5351
5346 5352 cmdutil.summaryhooks(ui, repo)
5347 5353
5348 5354 if opts.get('remote'):
5349 5355 needsincoming, needsoutgoing = True, True
5350 5356 else:
5351 5357 needsincoming, needsoutgoing = False, False
5352 5358 for i, o in cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts, None):
5353 5359 if i:
5354 5360 needsincoming = True
5355 5361 if o:
5356 5362 needsoutgoing = True
5357 5363 if not needsincoming and not needsoutgoing:
5358 5364 return
5359 5365
5360 5366 def getincoming():
5361 5367 source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default'))
5362 5368 sbranch = branches[0]
5363 5369 try:
5364 5370 other = hg.peer(repo, {}, source)
5365 5371 except error.RepoError:
5366 5372 if opts.get('remote'):
5367 5373 raise
5368 5374 return source, sbranch, None, None, None
5369 5375 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches, None)
5370 5376 if revs:
5371 5377 revs = [other.lookup(rev) for rev in revs]
5372 5378 ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(source))
5373 5379 repo.ui.pushbuffer()
5374 5380 commoninc = discovery.findcommonincoming(repo, other, heads=revs)
5375 5381 repo.ui.popbuffer()
5376 5382 return source, sbranch, other, commoninc, commoninc[1]
5377 5383
5378 5384 if needsincoming:
5379 5385 source, sbranch, sother, commoninc, incoming = getincoming()
5380 5386 else:
5381 5387 source = sbranch = sother = commoninc = incoming = None
5382 5388
5383 5389 def getoutgoing():
5384 5390 dest, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default-push', 'default'))
5385 5391 dbranch = branches[0]
5386 5392 revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, None)
5387 5393 if source != dest:
5388 5394 try:
5389 5395 dother = hg.peer(repo, {}, dest)
5390 5396 except error.RepoError:
5391 5397 if opts.get('remote'):
5392 5398 raise
5393 5399 return dest, dbranch, None, None
5394 5400 ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(dest))
5395 5401 elif sother is None:
5396 5402 # there is no explicit destination peer, but source one is invalid
5397 5403 return dest, dbranch, None, None
5398 5404 else:
5399 5405 dother = sother
5400 5406 if (source != dest or (sbranch is not None and sbranch != dbranch)):
5401 5407 common = None
5402 5408 else:
5403 5409 common = commoninc
5404 5410 if revs:
5405 5411 revs = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in revs]
5406 5412 repo.ui.pushbuffer()
5407 5413 outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, dother, onlyheads=revs,
5408 5414 commoninc=common)
5409 5415 repo.ui.popbuffer()
5410 5416 return dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing
5411 5417
5412 5418 if needsoutgoing:
5413 5419 dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing = getoutgoing()
5414 5420 else:
5415 5421 dest = dbranch = dother = outgoing = None
5416 5422
5417 5423 if opts.get('remote'):
5418 5424 t = []
5419 5425 if incoming:
5420 5426 t.append(_('1 or more incoming'))
5421 5427 o = outgoing.missing
5422 5428 if o:
5423 5429 t.append(_('%d outgoing') % len(o))
5424 5430 other = dother or sother
5425 5431 if 'bookmarks' in other.listkeys('namespaces'):
5426 5432 counts = bookmarks.summary(repo, other)
5427 5433 if counts[0] > 0:
5428 5434 t.append(_('%d incoming bookmarks') % counts[0])
5429 5435 if counts[1] > 0:
5430 5436 t.append(_('%d outgoing bookmarks') % counts[1])
5431 5437
5432 5438 if t:
5433 5439 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5434 5440 ui.write(_('remote: %s\n') % (', '.join(t)))
5435 5441 else:
5436 5442 # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
5437 5443 ui.status(_('remote: (synced)\n'))
5438 5444
5439 5445 cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts,
5440 5446 ((source, sbranch, sother, commoninc),
5441 5447 (dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing)))
5442 5448
5443 5449 @command('tag',
5444 5450 [('f', 'force', None, _('force tag')),
5445 5451 ('l', 'local', None, _('make the tag local')),
5446 5452 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to tag'), _('REV')),
5447 5453 ('', 'remove', None, _('remove a tag')),
5448 5454 # -l/--local is already there, commitopts cannot be used
5449 5455 ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
5450 5456 ('m', 'message', '', _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')),
5451 5457 ] + commitopts2,
5452 5458 _('[-f] [-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME...'))
5453 5459 def tag(ui, repo, name1, *names, **opts):
5454 5460 """add one or more tags for the current or given revision
5455 5461
5456 5462 Name a particular revision using <name>.
5457 5463
5458 5464 Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are
5459 5465 very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant
5460 5466 earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc. Changing
5461 5467 an existing tag is normally disallowed; use -f/--force to override.
5462 5468
5463 5469 If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is
5464 5470 used.
5465 5471
5466 5472 To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,
5467 5473 they are stored as a file named ".hgtags" which is managed similarly
5468 5474 to other project files and can be hand-edited if necessary. This
5469 5475 also means that tagging creates a new commit. The file
5470 5476 ".hg/localtags" is used for local tags (not shared among
5471 5477 repositories).
5472 5478
5473 5479 Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent
5474 5480 of the working directory is not a branch head, :hg:`tag` aborts; use
5475 5481 -f/--force to force the tag commit to be based on a non-head
5476 5482 changeset.
5477 5483
5478 5484 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
5479 5485
5480 5486 Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision
5481 5487 lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged.
5482 5488
5483 5489 Returns 0 on success.
5484 5490 """
5485 5491 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5486 5492 with repo.wlock(), repo.lock():
5487 5493 rev_ = "."
5488 5494 names = [t.strip() for t in (name1,) + names]
5489 5495 if len(names) != len(set(names)):
5490 5496 raise error.Abort(_('tag names must be unique'))
5491 5497 for n in names:
5492 5498 scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, n, 'tag')
5493 5499 if not n:
5494 5500 raise error.Abort(_('tag names cannot consist entirely of '
5495 5501 'whitespace'))
5496 5502 if opts.get('rev') and opts.get('remove'):
5497 5503 raise error.Abort(_("--rev and --remove are incompatible"))
5498 5504 if opts.get('rev'):
5499 5505 rev_ = opts['rev']
5500 5506 message = opts.get('message')
5501 5507 if opts.get('remove'):
5502 5508 if opts.get('local'):
5503 5509 expectedtype = 'local'
5504 5510 else:
5505 5511 expectedtype = 'global'
5506 5512
5507 5513 for n in names:
5508 5514 if not repo.tagtype(n):
5509 5515 raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' does not exist") % n)
5510 5516 if repo.tagtype(n) != expectedtype:
5511 5517 if expectedtype == 'global':
5512 5518 raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a global tag") % n)
5513 5519 else:
5514 5520 raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a local tag") % n)
5515 5521 rev_ = 'null'
5516 5522 if not message:
5517 5523 # we don't translate commit messages
5518 5524 message = 'Removed tag %s' % ', '.join(names)
5519 5525 elif not opts.get('force'):
5520 5526 for n in names:
5521 5527 if n in repo.tags():
5522 5528 raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' already exists "
5523 5529 "(use -f to force)") % n)
5524 5530 if not opts.get('local'):
5525 5531 p1, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
5526 5532 if p2 != nullid:
5527 5533 raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge'))
5528 5534 bheads = repo.branchheads()
5529 5535 if not opts.get('force') and bheads and p1 not in bheads:
5530 5536 raise error.Abort(_('working directory is not at a branch head '
5531 5537 '(use -f to force)'))
5532 5538 node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).node()
5533 5539
5534 5540 if not message:
5535 5541 # we don't translate commit messages
5536 5542 message = ('Added tag %s for changeset %s' %
5537 5543 (', '.join(names), short(node)))
5538 5544
5539 5545 date = opts.get('date')
5540 5546 if date:
5541 5547 date = dateutil.parsedate(date)
5542 5548
5543 5549 if opts.get('remove'):
5544 5550 editform = 'tag.remove'
5545 5551 else:
5546 5552 editform = 'tag.add'
5547 5553 editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform,
5548 5554 **pycompat.strkwargs(opts))
5549 5555
5550 5556 # don't allow tagging the null rev
5551 5557 if (not opts.get('remove') and
5552 5558 scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).rev() == nullrev):
5553 5559 raise error.Abort(_("cannot tag null revision"))
5554 5560
5555 5561 tagsmod.tag(repo, names, node, message, opts.get('local'),
5556 5562 opts.get('user'), date, editor=editor)
5557 5563
5558 5564 @command('tags', formatteropts, '', intents={INTENT_READONLY})
5559 5565 def tags(ui, repo, **opts):
5560 5566 """list repository tags
5561 5567
5562 5568 This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose
5563 5569 switch is used, a third column "local" is printed for local tags.
5564 5570 When the -q/--quiet switch is used, only the tag name is printed.
5565 5571
5566 5572 Returns 0 on success.
5567 5573 """
5568 5574
5569 5575 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5570 5576 ui.pager('tags')
5571 5577 fm = ui.formatter('tags', opts)
5572 5578 contexthint = fm.contexthint('tag rev node type')
5573 5579 hexfunc = fm.hexfunc
5574 5580 tagtype = ""
5575 5581
5576 5582 for t, n in reversed(repo.tagslist()):
5577 5583 hn = hexfunc(n)
5578 5584 label = 'tags.normal'
5579 5585 tagtype = ''
5580 5586 if repo.tagtype(t) == 'local':
5581 5587 label = 'tags.local'
5582 5588 tagtype = 'local'
5583 5589
5584 5590 fm.startitem()
5585 5591 if 'ctx' in contexthint:
5586 5592 fm.context(ctx=repo[n])
5587 5593 fm.write('tag', '%s', t, label=label)
5588 5594 fmt = " " * (30 - encoding.colwidth(t)) + ' %5d:%s'
5589 5595 fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt,
5590 5596 repo.changelog.rev(n), hn, label=label)
5591 5597 fm.condwrite(ui.verbose and tagtype, 'type', ' %s',
5592 5598 tagtype, label=label)
5593 5599 fm.plain('\n')
5594 5600 fm.end()
5595 5601
5596 5602 @command('tip',
5597 5603 [('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')),
5598 5604 ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')),
5599 5605 ] + templateopts,
5600 5606 _('[-p] [-g]'))
5601 5607 def tip(ui, repo, **opts):
5602 5608 """show the tip revision (DEPRECATED)
5603 5609
5604 5610 The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset
5605 5611 most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most
5606 5612 recently changed head).
5607 5613
5608 5614 If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If
5609 5615 you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of
5610 5616 that repository becomes the current tip. The "tip" tag is special
5611 5617 and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.
5612 5618
5613 5619 This command is deprecated, please use :hg:`heads` instead.
5614 5620
5615 5621 Returns 0 on success.
5616 5622 """
5617 5623 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5618 5624 displayer = logcmdutil.changesetdisplayer(ui, repo, opts)
5619 5625 displayer.show(repo['tip'])
5620 5626 displayer.close()
5621 5627
5622 5628 @command('unbundle',
5623 5629 [('u', 'update', None,
5624 5630 _('update to new branch head if changesets were unbundled'))],
5625 5631 _('[-u] FILE...'))
5626 5632 def unbundle(ui, repo, fname1, *fnames, **opts):
5627 5633 """apply one or more bundle files
5628 5634
5629 5635 Apply one or more bundle files generated by :hg:`bundle`.
5630 5636
5631 5637 Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update has unresolved files.
5632 5638 """
5633 5639 fnames = (fname1,) + fnames
5634 5640
5635 5641 with repo.lock():
5636 5642 for fname in fnames:
5637 5643 f = hg.openpath(ui, fname)
5638 5644 gen = exchange.readbundle(ui, f, fname)
5639 5645 if isinstance(gen, streamclone.streamcloneapplier):
5640 5646 raise error.Abort(
5641 5647 _('packed bundles cannot be applied with '
5642 5648 '"hg unbundle"'),
5643 5649 hint=_('use "hg debugapplystreamclonebundle"'))
5644 5650 url = 'bundle:' + fname
5645 5651 try:
5646 5652 txnname = 'unbundle'
5647 5653 if not isinstance(gen, bundle2.unbundle20):
5648 5654 txnname = 'unbundle\n%s' % util.hidepassword(url)
5649 5655 with repo.transaction(txnname) as tr:
5650 5656 op = bundle2.applybundle(repo, gen, tr, source='unbundle',
5651 5657 url=url)
5652 5658 except error.BundleUnknownFeatureError as exc:
5653 5659 raise error.Abort(
5654 5660 _('%s: unknown bundle feature, %s') % (fname, exc),
5655 5661 hint=_("see https://mercurial-scm.org/"
5656 5662 "wiki/BundleFeature for more "
5657 5663 "information"))
5658 5664 modheads = bundle2.combinechangegroupresults(op)
5659 5665
5660 5666 return postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get(r'update'), None, None)
5661 5667
5662 5668 @command('^update|up|checkout|co',
5663 5669 [('C', 'clean', None, _('discard uncommitted changes (no backup)')),
5664 5670 ('c', 'check', None, _('require clean working directory')),
5665 5671 ('m', 'merge', None, _('merge uncommitted changes')),
5666 5672 ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')),
5667 5673 ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision'), _('REV'))
5668 5674 ] + mergetoolopts,
5669 5675 _('[-C|-c|-m] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]'))
5670 5676 def update(ui, repo, node=None, **opts):
5671 5677 """update working directory (or switch revisions)
5672 5678
5673 5679 Update the repository's working directory to the specified
5674 5680 changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the
5675 5681 current named branch and move the active bookmark (see :hg:`help
5676 5682 bookmarks`).
5677 5683
5678 5684 Update sets the working directory's parent revision to the specified
5679 5685 changeset (see :hg:`help parents`).
5680 5686
5681 5687 If the changeset is not a descendant or ancestor of the working
5682 5688 directory's parent and there are uncommitted changes, the update is
5683 5689 aborted. With the -c/--check option, the working directory is checked
5684 5690 for uncommitted changes; if none are found, the working directory is
5685 5691 updated to the specified changeset.
5686 5692
5687 5693 .. container:: verbose
5688 5694
5689 5695 The -C/--clean, -c/--check, and -m/--merge options control what
5690 5696 happens if the working directory contains uncommitted changes.
5691 5697 At most of one of them can be specified.
5692 5698
5693 5699 1. If no option is specified, and if
5694 5700 the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of
5695 5701 the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes
5696 5702 are merged into the requested changeset and the merged
5697 5703 result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is
5698 5704 not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another
5699 5705 branch), the update is aborted and the uncommitted changes
5700 5706 are preserved.
5701 5707
5702 5708 2. With the -m/--merge option, the update is allowed even if the
5703 5709 requested changeset is not an ancestor or descendant of
5704 5710 the working directory's parent.
5705 5711
5706 5712 3. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the
5707 5713 uncommitted changes are preserved.
5708 5714
5709 5715 4. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and
5710 5716 the working directory is updated to the requested changeset.
5711 5717
5712 5718 To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes), use
5713 5719 :hg:`merge --abort`.
5714 5720
5715 5721 Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like
5716 5722 :hg:`clone -U`).
5717 5723
5718 5724 If you want to revert just one file to an older revision, use
5719 5725 :hg:`revert [-r REV] NAME`.
5720 5726
5721 5727 See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
5722 5728
5723 5729 Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.
5724 5730 """
5725 5731 rev = opts.get(r'rev')
5726 5732 date = opts.get(r'date')
5727 5733 clean = opts.get(r'clean')
5728 5734 check = opts.get(r'check')
5729 5735 merge = opts.get(r'merge')
5730 5736 if rev and node:
5731 5737 raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
5732 5738
5733 5739 if ui.configbool('commands', 'update.requiredest'):
5734 5740 if not node and not rev and not date:
5735 5741 raise error.Abort(_('you must specify a destination'),
5736 5742 hint=_('for example: hg update ".::"'))
5737 5743
5738 5744 if rev is None or rev == '':
5739 5745 rev = node
5740 5746
5741 5747 if date and rev is not None:
5742 5748 raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date"))
5743 5749
5744 5750 if len([x for x in (clean, check, merge) if x]) > 1:
5745 5751 raise error.Abort(_("can only specify one of -C/--clean, -c/--check, "
5746 5752 "or -m/--merge"))
5747 5753
5748 5754 updatecheck = None
5749 5755 if check:
5750 5756 updatecheck = 'abort'
5751 5757 elif merge:
5752 5758 updatecheck = 'none'
5753 5759
5754 5760 with repo.wlock():
5755 5761 cmdutil.clearunfinished(repo)
5756 5762
5757 5763 if date:
5758 5764 rev = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, date)
5759 5765
5760 5766 # if we defined a bookmark, we have to remember the original name
5761 5767 brev = rev
5762 5768 if rev:
5763 5769 repo = scmutil.unhidehashlikerevs(repo, [rev], 'nowarn')
5764 5770 ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, rev)
5765 5771 rev = ctx.rev()
5766 5772 hidden = ctx.hidden()
5767 5773 overrides = {('ui', 'forcemerge'): opts.get(r'tool', '')}
5768 5774 with ui.configoverride(overrides, 'update'):
5769 5775 ret = hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, rev, brev, clean=clean,
5770 5776 updatecheck=updatecheck)
5771 5777 if hidden:
5772 5778 ctxstr = ctx.hex()[:12]
5773 5779 ui.warn(_("updated to hidden changeset %s\n") % ctxstr)
5774 5780
5775 5781 if ctx.obsolete():
5776 5782 obsfatemsg = obsutil._getfilteredreason(repo, ctxstr, ctx)
5777 5783 ui.warn("(%s)\n" % obsfatemsg)
5778 5784 return ret
5779 5785
5780 5786 @command('verify', [])
5781 5787 def verify(ui, repo):
5782 5788 """verify the integrity of the repository
5783 5789
5784 5790 Verify the integrity of the current repository.
5785 5791
5786 5792 This will perform an extensive check of the repository's
5787 5793 integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in
5788 5794 the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the
5789 5795 integrity of their crosslinks and indices.
5790 5796
5791 5797 Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption
5792 5798 for more information about recovery from corruption of the
5793 5799 repository.
5794 5800
5795 5801 Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
5796 5802 """
5797 5803 return hg.verify(repo)
5798 5804
5799 5805 @command('version', [] + formatteropts, norepo=True,
5800 5806 intents={INTENT_READONLY})
5801 5807 def version_(ui, **opts):
5802 5808 """output version and copyright information"""
5803 5809 opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
5804 5810 if ui.verbose:
5805 5811 ui.pager('version')
5806 5812 fm = ui.formatter("version", opts)
5807 5813 fm.startitem()
5808 5814 fm.write("ver", _("Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n"),
5809 5815 util.version())
5810 5816 license = _(
5811 5817 "(see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)\n"
5812 5818 "\nCopyright (C) 2005-2018 Matt Mackall and others\n"
5813 5819 "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. "
5814 5820 "There is NO\nwarranty; "
5815 5821 "not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
5816 5822 )
5817 5823 if not ui.quiet:
5818 5824 fm.plain(license)
5819 5825
5820 5826 if ui.verbose:
5821 5827 fm.plain(_("\nEnabled extensions:\n\n"))
5822 5828 # format names and versions into columns
5823 5829 names = []
5824 5830 vers = []
5825 5831 isinternals = []
5826 5832 for name, module in extensions.extensions():
5827 5833 names.append(name)
5828 5834 vers.append(extensions.moduleversion(module) or None)
5829 5835 isinternals.append(extensions.ismoduleinternal(module))
5830 5836 fn = fm.nested("extensions", tmpl='{name}\n')
5831 5837 if names:
5832 5838 namefmt = " %%-%ds " % max(len(n) for n in names)
5833 5839 places = [_("external"), _("internal")]
5834 5840 for n, v, p in zip(names, vers, isinternals):
5835 5841 fn.startitem()
5836 5842 fn.condwrite(ui.verbose, "name", namefmt, n)
5837 5843 if ui.verbose:
5838 5844 fn.plain("%s " % places[p])
5839 5845 fn.data(bundled=p)
5840 5846 fn.condwrite(ui.verbose and v, "ver", "%s", v)
5841 5847 if ui.verbose:
5842 5848 fn.plain("\n")
5843 5849 fn.end()
5844 5850 fm.end()
5845 5851
5846 5852 def loadcmdtable(ui, name, cmdtable):
5847 5853 """Load command functions from specified cmdtable
5848 5854 """
5849 5855 overrides = [cmd for cmd in cmdtable if cmd in table]
5850 5856 if overrides:
5851 5857 ui.warn(_("extension '%s' overrides commands: %s\n")
5852 5858 % (name, " ".join(overrides)))
5853 5859 table.update(cmdtable)
@@ -1,1386 +1,1389 b''
1 1 # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option
2 2 #
3 3 # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net>
4 4 #
5 5 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
6 6 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
7 7
8 8 from __future__ import absolute_import
9 9
10 10 import functools
11 11 import re
12 12
13 13 from . import (
14 14 encoding,
15 15 error,
16 16 )
17 17
18 18 def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable):
19 19 """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones"""
20 20 for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()):
21 21 knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister())
22 22 knownkeys = set(knownitems)
23 23 newkeys = set(items)
24 24 for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys):
25 25 msg = "extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'"
26 26 msg %= (extname, section, key)
27 27 ui.develwarn(msg, config='warn-config')
28 28
29 29 knownitems.update(items)
30 30
31 31 class configitem(object):
32 32 """represent a known config item
33 33
34 34 :section: the official config section where to find this item,
35 35 :name: the official name within the section,
36 36 :default: default value for this item,
37 37 :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives,
38 38 :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression.
39 39 """
40 40
41 41 def __init__(self, section, name, default=None, alias=(),
42 42 generic=False, priority=0):
43 43 self.section = section
44 44 self.name = name
45 45 self.default = default
46 46 self.alias = list(alias)
47 47 self.generic = generic
48 48 self.priority = priority
49 49 self._re = None
50 50 if generic:
51 51 self._re = re.compile(self.name)
52 52
53 53 class itemregister(dict):
54 54 """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection"""
55 55
56 56 def __init__(self):
57 57 super(itemregister, self).__init__()
58 58 self._generics = set()
59 59
60 60 def update(self, other):
61 61 super(itemregister, self).update(other)
62 62 self._generics.update(other._generics)
63 63
64 64 def __setitem__(self, key, item):
65 65 super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item)
66 66 if item.generic:
67 67 self._generics.add(item)
68 68
69 69 def get(self, key):
70 70 baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key)
71 71 if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic:
72 72 return baseitem
73 73
74 74 # search for a matching generic item
75 75 generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name)))
76 76 for item in generics:
77 77 # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler
78 78 # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match
79 79 # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising
80 80 # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute.
81 81 #
82 82 # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising
83 83 # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently
84 84 # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color."
85 85 # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on
86 86 # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^".
87 87 # The "^" seems more error prone.
88 88 if item._re.match(key):
89 89 return item
90 90
91 91 return None
92 92
93 93 coreitems = {}
94 94
95 95 def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs):
96 96 item = configitem(*args, **kwargs)
97 97 section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister())
98 98 if item.name in section:
99 99 msg = "duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'"
100 100 raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name))
101 101 section[item.name] = item
102 102
103 103 # special value for case where the default is derived from other values
104 104 dynamicdefault = object()
105 105
106 106 # Registering actual config items
107 107
108 108 def getitemregister(configtable):
109 109 f = functools.partial(_register, configtable)
110 110 # export pseudo enum as configitem.*
111 111 f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault
112 112 return f
113 113
114 114 coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems)
115 115
116 116 coreconfigitem('alias', '.*',
117 117 default=dynamicdefault,
118 118 generic=True,
119 119 )
120 120 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nodates',
121 121 default=False,
122 122 )
123 123 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'showfunc',
124 124 default=False,
125 125 )
126 126 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'unified',
127 127 default=None,
128 128 )
129 129 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'git',
130 130 default=False,
131 131 )
132 132 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorews',
133 133 default=False,
134 134 )
135 135 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewsamount',
136 136 default=False,
137 137 )
138 138 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignoreblanklines',
139 139 default=False,
140 140 )
141 141 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewseol',
142 142 default=False,
143 143 )
144 144 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nobinary',
145 145 default=False,
146 146 )
147 147 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'noprefix',
148 148 default=False,
149 149 )
150 150 coreconfigitem('annotate', 'word-diff',
151 151 default=False,
152 152 )
153 153 coreconfigitem('auth', 'cookiefile',
154 154 default=None,
155 155 )
156 156 # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery
157 157 coreconfigitem('bookmarks', 'pushing',
158 158 default=list,
159 159 )
160 160 # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo
161 161 coreconfigitem('bundle', 'mainreporoot',
162 162 default='',
163 163 )
164 164 # bundle.reorder: experimental config
165 165 coreconfigitem('bundle', 'reorder',
166 166 default='auto',
167 167 )
168 168 coreconfigitem('censor', 'policy',
169 169 default='abort',
170 170 )
171 171 coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'idletimeout',
172 172 default=3600,
173 173 )
174 174 coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'skiphash',
175 175 default=False,
176 176 )
177 177 coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'log',
178 178 default=None,
179 179 )
180 180 coreconfigitem('color', '.*',
181 181 default=None,
182 182 generic=True,
183 183 )
184 184 coreconfigitem('color', 'mode',
185 185 default='auto',
186 186 )
187 187 coreconfigitem('color', 'pagermode',
188 188 default=dynamicdefault,
189 189 )
190 190 coreconfigitem('commands', 'grep.all-files',
191 191 default=False,
192 192 )
193 coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.confirm',
194 default=False,
195 )
193 196 coreconfigitem('commands', 'show.aliasprefix',
194 197 default=list,
195 198 )
196 199 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.relative',
197 200 default=False,
198 201 )
199 202 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.skipstates',
200 203 default=[],
201 204 )
202 205 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.terse',
203 206 default='',
204 207 )
205 208 coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.verbose',
206 209 default=False,
207 210 )
208 211 coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.check',
209 212 default=None,
210 213 )
211 214 coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.requiredest',
212 215 default=False,
213 216 )
214 217 coreconfigitem('committemplate', '.*',
215 218 default=None,
216 219 generic=True,
217 220 )
218 221 coreconfigitem('convert', 'bzr.saverev',
219 222 default=True,
220 223 )
221 224 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.cache',
222 225 default=True,
223 226 )
224 227 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.fuzz',
225 228 default=60,
226 229 )
227 230 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.logencoding',
228 231 default=None,
229 232 )
230 233 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergefrom',
231 234 default=None,
232 235 )
233 236 coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergeto',
234 237 default=None,
235 238 )
236 239 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.committeractions',
237 240 default=lambda: ['messagedifferent'],
238 241 )
239 242 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.extrakeys',
240 243 default=list,
241 244 )
242 245 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.findcopiesharder',
243 246 default=False,
244 247 )
245 248 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.remoteprefix',
246 249 default='remote',
247 250 )
248 251 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.renamelimit',
249 252 default=400,
250 253 )
251 254 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.saverev',
252 255 default=True,
253 256 )
254 257 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.similarity',
255 258 default=50,
256 259 )
257 260 coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.skipsubmodules',
258 261 default=False,
259 262 )
260 263 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.clonebranches',
261 264 default=False,
262 265 )
263 266 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.ignoreerrors',
264 267 default=False,
265 268 )
266 269 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.revs',
267 270 default=None,
268 271 )
269 272 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.saverev',
270 273 default=False,
271 274 )
272 275 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.sourcename',
273 276 default=None,
274 277 )
275 278 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.startrev',
276 279 default=None,
277 280 )
278 281 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.tagsbranch',
279 282 default='default',
280 283 )
281 284 coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.usebranchnames',
282 285 default=True,
283 286 )
284 287 coreconfigitem('convert', 'ignoreancestorcheck',
285 288 default=False,
286 289 )
287 290 coreconfigitem('convert', 'localtimezone',
288 291 default=False,
289 292 )
290 293 coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.encoding',
291 294 default=dynamicdefault,
292 295 )
293 296 coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.startrev',
294 297 default=0,
295 298 )
296 299 coreconfigitem('convert', 'skiptags',
297 300 default=False,
298 301 )
299 302 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.debugsvnlog',
300 303 default=True,
301 304 )
302 305 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.trunk',
303 306 default=None,
304 307 )
305 308 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.tags',
306 309 default=None,
307 310 )
308 311 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.branches',
309 312 default=None,
310 313 )
311 314 coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.startrev',
312 315 default=0,
313 316 )
314 317 coreconfigitem('debug', 'dirstate.delaywrite',
315 318 default=0,
316 319 )
317 320 coreconfigitem('defaults', '.*',
318 321 default=None,
319 322 generic=True,
320 323 )
321 324 coreconfigitem('devel', 'all-warnings',
322 325 default=False,
323 326 )
324 327 coreconfigitem('devel', 'bundle2.debug',
325 328 default=False,
326 329 )
327 330 coreconfigitem('devel', 'cache-vfs',
328 331 default=None,
329 332 )
330 333 coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-locks',
331 334 default=False,
332 335 )
333 336 coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-relroot',
334 337 default=False,
335 338 )
336 339 coreconfigitem('devel', 'default-date',
337 340 default=None,
338 341 )
339 342 coreconfigitem('devel', 'deprec-warn',
340 343 default=False,
341 344 )
342 345 coreconfigitem('devel', 'disableloaddefaultcerts',
343 346 default=False,
344 347 )
345 348 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-empty-changegroup',
346 349 default=False,
347 350 )
348 351 coreconfigitem('devel', 'legacy.exchange',
349 352 default=list,
350 353 )
351 354 coreconfigitem('devel', 'servercafile',
352 355 default='',
353 356 )
354 357 coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverexactprotocol',
355 358 default='',
356 359 )
357 360 coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverrequirecert',
358 361 default=False,
359 362 )
360 363 coreconfigitem('devel', 'strip-obsmarkers',
361 364 default=True,
362 365 )
363 366 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config',
364 367 default=None,
365 368 )
366 369 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-default',
367 370 default=None,
368 371 )
369 372 coreconfigitem('devel', 'user.obsmarker',
370 373 default=None,
371 374 )
372 375 coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-unknown',
373 376 default=None,
374 377 )
375 378 coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.extensions',
376 379 default=False,
377 380 )
378 381 coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.peer-request',
379 382 default=False,
380 383 )
381 384 coreconfigitem('diff', 'nodates',
382 385 default=False,
383 386 )
384 387 coreconfigitem('diff', 'showfunc',
385 388 default=False,
386 389 )
387 390 coreconfigitem('diff', 'unified',
388 391 default=None,
389 392 )
390 393 coreconfigitem('diff', 'git',
391 394 default=False,
392 395 )
393 396 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorews',
394 397 default=False,
395 398 )
396 399 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewsamount',
397 400 default=False,
398 401 )
399 402 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignoreblanklines',
400 403 default=False,
401 404 )
402 405 coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewseol',
403 406 default=False,
404 407 )
405 408 coreconfigitem('diff', 'nobinary',
406 409 default=False,
407 410 )
408 411 coreconfigitem('diff', 'noprefix',
409 412 default=False,
410 413 )
411 414 coreconfigitem('diff', 'word-diff',
412 415 default=False,
413 416 )
414 417 coreconfigitem('email', 'bcc',
415 418 default=None,
416 419 )
417 420 coreconfigitem('email', 'cc',
418 421 default=None,
419 422 )
420 423 coreconfigitem('email', 'charsets',
421 424 default=list,
422 425 )
423 426 coreconfigitem('email', 'from',
424 427 default=None,
425 428 )
426 429 coreconfigitem('email', 'method',
427 430 default='smtp',
428 431 )
429 432 coreconfigitem('email', 'reply-to',
430 433 default=None,
431 434 )
432 435 coreconfigitem('email', 'to',
433 436 default=None,
434 437 )
435 438 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'archivemetatemplate',
436 439 default=dynamicdefault,
437 440 )
438 441 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle-phases',
439 442 default=False,
440 443 )
441 444 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-advertise',
442 445 default=True,
443 446 )
444 447 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-output-capture',
445 448 default=False,
446 449 )
447 450 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback',
448 451 default=False,
449 452 )
450 453 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2.stream',
451 454 default=False,
452 455 )
453 456 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2lazylocking',
454 457 default=False,
455 458 )
456 459 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel',
457 460 default=None,
458 461 )
459 462 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.bzip2',
460 463 default=None,
461 464 )
462 465 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.gzip',
463 466 default=None,
464 467 )
465 468 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.none',
466 469 default=None,
467 470 )
468 471 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.zstd',
469 472 default=None,
470 473 )
471 474 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'changegroup3',
472 475 default=False,
473 476 )
474 477 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'clientcompressionengines',
475 478 default=list,
476 479 )
477 480 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace',
478 481 default='on',
479 482 )
480 483 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.movecandidateslimit',
481 484 default=100,
482 485 )
483 486 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit',
484 487 default=100,
485 488 )
486 489 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'crecordtest',
487 490 default=None,
488 491 )
489 492 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess',
490 493 default=False,
491 494 )
492 495 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess.revnums',
493 496 default=False,
494 497 )
495 498 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'editortmpinhg',
496 499 default=False,
497 500 )
498 501 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution',
499 502 default=list,
500 503 )
501 504 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowdivergence',
502 505 default=False,
503 506 alias=[('experimental', 'allowdivergence')]
504 507 )
505 508 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowunstable',
506 509 default=None,
507 510 )
508 511 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.createmarkers',
509 512 default=None,
510 513 )
511 514 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.effect-flags',
512 515 default=True,
513 516 alias=[('experimental', 'effect-flags')]
514 517 )
515 518 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.exchange',
516 519 default=None,
517 520 )
518 521 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.bundle-obsmarker',
519 522 default=False,
520 523 )
521 524 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.report-instabilities',
522 525 default=True,
523 526 )
524 527 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.track-operation',
525 528 default=True,
526 529 )
527 530 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'maxdeltachainspan',
528 531 default=-1,
529 532 )
530 533 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergetempdirprefix',
531 534 default=None,
532 535 )
533 536 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mmapindexthreshold',
534 537 default=None,
535 538 )
536 539 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nonnormalparanoidcheck',
537 540 default=False,
538 541 )
539 542 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'exportableenviron',
540 543 default=list,
541 544 )
542 545 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.index',
543 546 default=None,
544 547 )
545 548 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.similarity',
546 549 default=False,
547 550 )
548 551 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'format.compression',
549 552 default='zlib',
550 553 )
551 554 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphshorten',
552 555 default=False,
553 556 )
554 557 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.parent',
555 558 default=dynamicdefault,
556 559 )
557 560 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.missing',
558 561 default=dynamicdefault,
559 562 )
560 563 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.grandparent',
561 564 default=dynamicdefault,
562 565 )
563 566 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'hook-track-tags',
564 567 default=False,
565 568 )
566 569 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppeer.advertise-v2',
567 570 default=False,
568 571 )
569 572 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppostargs',
570 573 default=False,
571 574 )
572 575 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergedriver',
573 576 default=None,
574 577 )
575 578 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt', default=False)
576 579 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True)
577 580
578 581 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'obsmarkers-exchange-debug',
579 582 default=False,
580 583 )
581 584 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'remotenames',
582 585 default=False,
583 586 )
584 587 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'removeemptydirs',
585 588 default=True,
586 589 )
587 590 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revlogv2',
588 591 default=None,
589 592 )
590 593 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'single-head-per-branch',
591 594 default=False,
592 595 )
593 596 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshserver.support-v2',
594 597 default=False,
595 598 )
596 599 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'spacemovesdown',
597 600 default=False,
598 601 )
599 602 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read',
600 603 default=False,
601 604 )
602 605 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.density-threshold',
603 606 default=0.50,
604 607 )
605 608 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.min-gap-size',
606 609 default='65K',
607 610 )
608 611 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'treemanifest',
609 612 default=False,
610 613 )
611 614 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'update.atomic-file',
612 615 default=False,
613 616 )
614 617 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshpeer.advertise-v2',
615 618 default=False,
616 619 )
617 620 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.apiserver',
618 621 default=False,
619 622 )
620 623 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.http-v2',
621 624 default=False,
622 625 )
623 626 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.debugreflect',
624 627 default=False,
625 628 )
626 629 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe',
627 630 default=False,
628 631 )
629 632 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'xdiff',
630 633 default=False,
631 634 )
632 635 coreconfigitem('extensions', '.*',
633 636 default=None,
634 637 generic=True,
635 638 )
636 639 coreconfigitem('extdata', '.*',
637 640 default=None,
638 641 generic=True,
639 642 )
640 643 coreconfigitem('format', 'chunkcachesize',
641 644 default=None,
642 645 )
643 646 coreconfigitem('format', 'dotencode',
644 647 default=True,
645 648 )
646 649 coreconfigitem('format', 'generaldelta',
647 650 default=False,
648 651 )
649 652 coreconfigitem('format', 'manifestcachesize',
650 653 default=None,
651 654 )
652 655 coreconfigitem('format', 'maxchainlen',
653 656 default=None,
654 657 )
655 658 coreconfigitem('format', 'obsstore-version',
656 659 default=None,
657 660 )
658 661 coreconfigitem('format', 'sparse-revlog',
659 662 default=False,
660 663 )
661 664 coreconfigitem('format', 'usefncache',
662 665 default=True,
663 666 )
664 667 coreconfigitem('format', 'usegeneraldelta',
665 668 default=True,
666 669 )
667 670 coreconfigitem('format', 'usestore',
668 671 default=True,
669 672 )
670 673 coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_when_unused',
671 674 default=True,
672 675 )
673 676 coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_update_file_count',
674 677 default=50000,
675 678 )
676 679 coreconfigitem('hooks', '.*',
677 680 default=dynamicdefault,
678 681 generic=True,
679 682 )
680 683 coreconfigitem('hgweb-paths', '.*',
681 684 default=list,
682 685 generic=True,
683 686 )
684 687 coreconfigitem('hostfingerprints', '.*',
685 688 default=list,
686 689 generic=True,
687 690 )
688 691 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'ciphers',
689 692 default=None,
690 693 )
691 694 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'disabletls10warning',
692 695 default=False,
693 696 )
694 697 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'minimumprotocol',
695 698 default=dynamicdefault,
696 699 )
697 700 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:minimumprotocol$',
698 701 default=dynamicdefault,
699 702 generic=True,
700 703 )
701 704 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:ciphers$',
702 705 default=dynamicdefault,
703 706 generic=True,
704 707 )
705 708 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:fingerprints$',
706 709 default=list,
707 710 generic=True,
708 711 )
709 712 coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:verifycertsfile$',
710 713 default=None,
711 714 generic=True,
712 715 )
713 716
714 717 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'always',
715 718 default=False,
716 719 )
717 720 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'host',
718 721 default=None,
719 722 )
720 723 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'no',
721 724 default=list,
722 725 )
723 726 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'passwd',
724 727 default=None,
725 728 )
726 729 coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'user',
727 730 default=None,
728 731 )
729 732 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandexception',
730 733 default=None,
731 734 )
732 735 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandfinish',
733 736 default=None,
734 737 )
735 738 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'command',
736 739 default=None,
737 740 )
738 741 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'develwarn',
739 742 default=None,
740 743 )
741 744 coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'uiblocked',
742 745 default=None,
743 746 )
744 747 coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkunknown',
745 748 default='abort',
746 749 )
747 750 coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkignored',
748 751 default='abort',
749 752 )
750 753 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'merge.checkpathconflicts',
751 754 default=False,
752 755 )
753 756 coreconfigitem('merge', 'followcopies',
754 757 default=True,
755 758 )
756 759 coreconfigitem('merge', 'on-failure',
757 760 default='continue',
758 761 )
759 762 coreconfigitem('merge', 'preferancestor',
760 763 default=lambda: ['*'],
761 764 )
762 765 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', '.*',
763 766 default=None,
764 767 generic=True,
765 768 )
766 769 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.args$',
767 770 default="$local $base $other",
768 771 generic=True,
769 772 priority=-1,
770 773 )
771 774 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$',
772 775 default=False,
773 776 generic=True,
774 777 priority=-1,
775 778 )
776 779 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.check$',
777 780 default=list,
778 781 generic=True,
779 782 priority=-1,
780 783 )
781 784 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.checkchanged$',
782 785 default=False,
783 786 generic=True,
784 787 priority=-1,
785 788 )
786 789 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.executable$',
787 790 default=dynamicdefault,
788 791 generic=True,
789 792 priority=-1,
790 793 )
791 794 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$',
792 795 default=False,
793 796 generic=True,
794 797 priority=-1,
795 798 )
796 799 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$',
797 800 default=False,
798 801 generic=True,
799 802 priority=-1,
800 803 )
801 804 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkers$',
802 805 default='basic',
803 806 generic=True,
804 807 priority=-1,
805 808 )
806 809 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$',
807 810 default=dynamicdefault, # take from ui.mergemarkertemplate
808 811 generic=True,
809 812 priority=-1,
810 813 )
811 814 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$',
812 815 default=0,
813 816 generic=True,
814 817 priority=-1,
815 818 )
816 819 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.premerge$',
817 820 default=dynamicdefault,
818 821 generic=True,
819 822 priority=-1,
820 823 )
821 824 coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$',
822 825 default=False,
823 826 generic=True,
824 827 priority=-1,
825 828 )
826 829 coreconfigitem('pager', 'attend-.*',
827 830 default=dynamicdefault,
828 831 generic=True,
829 832 )
830 833 coreconfigitem('pager', 'ignore',
831 834 default=list,
832 835 )
833 836 coreconfigitem('pager', 'pager',
834 837 default=dynamicdefault,
835 838 )
836 839 coreconfigitem('patch', 'eol',
837 840 default='strict',
838 841 )
839 842 coreconfigitem('patch', 'fuzz',
840 843 default=2,
841 844 )
842 845 coreconfigitem('paths', 'default',
843 846 default=None,
844 847 )
845 848 coreconfigitem('paths', 'default-push',
846 849 default=None,
847 850 )
848 851 coreconfigitem('paths', '.*',
849 852 default=None,
850 853 generic=True,
851 854 )
852 855 coreconfigitem('phases', 'checksubrepos',
853 856 default='follow',
854 857 )
855 858 coreconfigitem('phases', 'new-commit',
856 859 default='draft',
857 860 )
858 861 coreconfigitem('phases', 'publish',
859 862 default=True,
860 863 )
861 864 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'enabled',
862 865 default=False,
863 866 )
864 867 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'format',
865 868 default='text',
866 869 )
867 870 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'freq',
868 871 default=1000,
869 872 )
870 873 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'limit',
871 874 default=30,
872 875 )
873 876 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'nested',
874 877 default=0,
875 878 )
876 879 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'output',
877 880 default=None,
878 881 )
879 882 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmax',
880 883 default=0.999,
881 884 )
882 885 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmin',
883 886 default=dynamicdefault,
884 887 )
885 888 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'sort',
886 889 default='inlinetime',
887 890 )
888 891 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'statformat',
889 892 default='hotpath',
890 893 )
891 894 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'time-track',
892 895 default='cpu',
893 896 )
894 897 coreconfigitem('profiling', 'type',
895 898 default='stat',
896 899 )
897 900 coreconfigitem('progress', 'assume-tty',
898 901 default=False,
899 902 )
900 903 coreconfigitem('progress', 'changedelay',
901 904 default=1,
902 905 )
903 906 coreconfigitem('progress', 'clear-complete',
904 907 default=True,
905 908 )
906 909 coreconfigitem('progress', 'debug',
907 910 default=False,
908 911 )
909 912 coreconfigitem('progress', 'delay',
910 913 default=3,
911 914 )
912 915 coreconfigitem('progress', 'disable',
913 916 default=False,
914 917 )
915 918 coreconfigitem('progress', 'estimateinterval',
916 919 default=60.0,
917 920 )
918 921 coreconfigitem('progress', 'format',
919 922 default=lambda: ['topic', 'bar', 'number', 'estimate'],
920 923 )
921 924 coreconfigitem('progress', 'refresh',
922 925 default=0.1,
923 926 )
924 927 coreconfigitem('progress', 'width',
925 928 default=dynamicdefault,
926 929 )
927 930 coreconfigitem('push', 'pushvars.server',
928 931 default=False,
929 932 )
930 933 coreconfigitem('storage', 'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice',
931 934 default=True,
932 935 alias=[('format', 'aggressivemergedeltas')],
933 936 )
934 937 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'resolve.mark-check',
935 938 default=None,
936 939 )
937 940 coreconfigitem('server', 'bookmarks-pushkey-compat',
938 941 default=True,
939 942 )
940 943 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1',
941 944 default=True,
942 945 )
943 946 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd',
944 947 default=None,
945 948 )
946 949 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.pull',
947 950 default=None,
948 951 )
949 952 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.pull',
950 953 default=None,
951 954 )
952 955 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.push',
953 956 default=None,
954 957 )
955 958 coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.push',
956 959 default=None,
957 960 )
958 961 coreconfigitem('server', 'compressionengines',
959 962 default=list,
960 963 )
961 964 coreconfigitem('server', 'concurrent-push-mode',
962 965 default='strict',
963 966 )
964 967 coreconfigitem('server', 'disablefullbundle',
965 968 default=False,
966 969 )
967 970 coreconfigitem('server', 'maxhttpheaderlen',
968 971 default=1024,
969 972 )
970 973 coreconfigitem('server', 'pullbundle',
971 974 default=False,
972 975 )
973 976 coreconfigitem('server', 'preferuncompressed',
974 977 default=False,
975 978 )
976 979 coreconfigitem('server', 'streamunbundle',
977 980 default=False,
978 981 )
979 982 coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressed',
980 983 default=True,
981 984 )
982 985 coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressedallowsecret',
983 986 default=False,
984 987 )
985 988 coreconfigitem('server', 'validate',
986 989 default=False,
987 990 )
988 991 coreconfigitem('server', 'zliblevel',
989 992 default=-1,
990 993 )
991 994 coreconfigitem('server', 'zstdlevel',
992 995 default=3,
993 996 )
994 997 coreconfigitem('share', 'pool',
995 998 default=None,
996 999 )
997 1000 coreconfigitem('share', 'poolnaming',
998 1001 default='identity',
999 1002 )
1000 1003 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'host',
1001 1004 default=None,
1002 1005 )
1003 1006 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'local_hostname',
1004 1007 default=None,
1005 1008 )
1006 1009 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'password',
1007 1010 default=None,
1008 1011 )
1009 1012 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'port',
1010 1013 default=dynamicdefault,
1011 1014 )
1012 1015 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'tls',
1013 1016 default='none',
1014 1017 )
1015 1018 coreconfigitem('smtp', 'username',
1016 1019 default=None,
1017 1020 )
1018 1021 coreconfigitem('sparse', 'missingwarning',
1019 1022 default=True,
1020 1023 )
1021 1024 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'allowed',
1022 1025 default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler
1023 1026 )
1024 1027 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'hg:allowed',
1025 1028 default=dynamicdefault,
1026 1029 )
1027 1030 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'git:allowed',
1028 1031 default=dynamicdefault,
1029 1032 )
1030 1033 coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'svn:allowed',
1031 1034 default=dynamicdefault,
1032 1035 )
1033 1036 coreconfigitem('templates', '.*',
1034 1037 default=None,
1035 1038 generic=True,
1036 1039 )
1037 1040 coreconfigitem('trusted', 'groups',
1038 1041 default=list,
1039 1042 )
1040 1043 coreconfigitem('trusted', 'users',
1041 1044 default=list,
1042 1045 )
1043 1046 coreconfigitem('ui', '_usedassubrepo',
1044 1047 default=False,
1045 1048 )
1046 1049 coreconfigitem('ui', 'allowemptycommit',
1047 1050 default=False,
1048 1051 )
1049 1052 coreconfigitem('ui', 'archivemeta',
1050 1053 default=True,
1051 1054 )
1052 1055 coreconfigitem('ui', 'askusername',
1053 1056 default=False,
1054 1057 )
1055 1058 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundlefallback',
1056 1059 default=False,
1057 1060 )
1058 1061 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundleprefers',
1059 1062 default=list,
1060 1063 )
1061 1064 coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundles',
1062 1065 default=True,
1063 1066 )
1064 1067 coreconfigitem('ui', 'color',
1065 1068 default='auto',
1066 1069 )
1067 1070 coreconfigitem('ui', 'commitsubrepos',
1068 1071 default=False,
1069 1072 )
1070 1073 coreconfigitem('ui', 'debug',
1071 1074 default=False,
1072 1075 )
1073 1076 coreconfigitem('ui', 'debugger',
1074 1077 default=None,
1075 1078 )
1076 1079 coreconfigitem('ui', 'editor',
1077 1080 default=dynamicdefault,
1078 1081 )
1079 1082 coreconfigitem('ui', 'fallbackencoding',
1080 1083 default=None,
1081 1084 )
1082 1085 coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcecwd',
1083 1086 default=None,
1084 1087 )
1085 1088 coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcemerge',
1086 1089 default=None,
1087 1090 )
1088 1091 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatdebug',
1089 1092 default=False,
1090 1093 )
1091 1094 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatjson',
1092 1095 default=False,
1093 1096 )
1094 1097 coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatted',
1095 1098 default=None,
1096 1099 )
1097 1100 coreconfigitem('ui', 'graphnodetemplate',
1098 1101 default=None,
1099 1102 )
1100 1103 coreconfigitem('ui', 'history-editing-backup',
1101 1104 default=True,
1102 1105 )
1103 1106 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interactive',
1104 1107 default=None,
1105 1108 )
1106 1109 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface',
1107 1110 default=None,
1108 1111 )
1109 1112 coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface.chunkselector',
1110 1113 default=None,
1111 1114 )
1112 1115 coreconfigitem('ui', 'large-file-limit',
1113 1116 default=10000000,
1114 1117 )
1115 1118 coreconfigitem('ui', 'logblockedtimes',
1116 1119 default=False,
1117 1120 )
1118 1121 coreconfigitem('ui', 'logtemplate',
1119 1122 default=None,
1120 1123 )
1121 1124 coreconfigitem('ui', 'merge',
1122 1125 default=None,
1123 1126 )
1124 1127 coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkers',
1125 1128 default='basic',
1126 1129 )
1127 1130 coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkertemplate',
1128 1131 default=('{node|short} '
1129 1132 '{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", '
1130 1133 'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}'
1131 1134 '{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}'
1132 1135 '{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}'
1133 1136 '- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}')
1134 1137 )
1135 1138 coreconfigitem('ui', 'nontty',
1136 1139 default=False,
1137 1140 )
1138 1141 coreconfigitem('ui', 'origbackuppath',
1139 1142 default=None,
1140 1143 )
1141 1144 coreconfigitem('ui', 'paginate',
1142 1145 default=True,
1143 1146 )
1144 1147 coreconfigitem('ui', 'patch',
1145 1148 default=None,
1146 1149 )
1147 1150 coreconfigitem('ui', 'portablefilenames',
1148 1151 default='warn',
1149 1152 )
1150 1153 coreconfigitem('ui', 'promptecho',
1151 1154 default=False,
1152 1155 )
1153 1156 coreconfigitem('ui', 'quiet',
1154 1157 default=False,
1155 1158 )
1156 1159 coreconfigitem('ui', 'quietbookmarkmove',
1157 1160 default=False,
1158 1161 )
1159 1162 coreconfigitem('ui', 'remotecmd',
1160 1163 default='hg',
1161 1164 )
1162 1165 coreconfigitem('ui', 'report_untrusted',
1163 1166 default=True,
1164 1167 )
1165 1168 coreconfigitem('ui', 'rollback',
1166 1169 default=True,
1167 1170 )
1168 1171 coreconfigitem('ui', 'signal-safe-lock',
1169 1172 default=True,
1170 1173 )
1171 1174 coreconfigitem('ui', 'slash',
1172 1175 default=False,
1173 1176 )
1174 1177 coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssh',
1175 1178 default='ssh',
1176 1179 )
1177 1180 coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssherrorhint',
1178 1181 default=None,
1179 1182 )
1180 1183 coreconfigitem('ui', 'statuscopies',
1181 1184 default=False,
1182 1185 )
1183 1186 coreconfigitem('ui', 'strict',
1184 1187 default=False,
1185 1188 )
1186 1189 coreconfigitem('ui', 'style',
1187 1190 default='',
1188 1191 )
1189 1192 coreconfigitem('ui', 'supportcontact',
1190 1193 default=None,
1191 1194 )
1192 1195 coreconfigitem('ui', 'textwidth',
1193 1196 default=78,
1194 1197 )
1195 1198 coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout',
1196 1199 default='600',
1197 1200 )
1198 1201 coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout.warn',
1199 1202 default=0,
1200 1203 )
1201 1204 coreconfigitem('ui', 'traceback',
1202 1205 default=False,
1203 1206 )
1204 1207 coreconfigitem('ui', 'tweakdefaults',
1205 1208 default=False,
1206 1209 )
1207 1210 coreconfigitem('ui', 'username',
1208 1211 alias=[('ui', 'user')]
1209 1212 )
1210 1213 coreconfigitem('ui', 'verbose',
1211 1214 default=False,
1212 1215 )
1213 1216 coreconfigitem('verify', 'skipflags',
1214 1217 default=None,
1215 1218 )
1216 1219 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowbz2',
1217 1220 default=False,
1218 1221 )
1219 1222 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowgz',
1220 1223 default=False,
1221 1224 )
1222 1225 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-pull',
1223 1226 alias=[('web', 'allowpull')],
1224 1227 default=True,
1225 1228 )
1226 1229 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-push',
1227 1230 alias=[('web', 'allow_push')],
1228 1231 default=list,
1229 1232 )
1230 1233 coreconfigitem('web', 'allowzip',
1231 1234 default=False,
1232 1235 )
1233 1236 coreconfigitem('web', 'archivesubrepos',
1234 1237 default=False,
1235 1238 )
1236 1239 coreconfigitem('web', 'cache',
1237 1240 default=True,
1238 1241 )
1239 1242 coreconfigitem('web', 'contact',
1240 1243 default=None,
1241 1244 )
1242 1245 coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_push',
1243 1246 default=list,
1244 1247 )
1245 1248 coreconfigitem('web', 'guessmime',
1246 1249 default=False,
1247 1250 )
1248 1251 coreconfigitem('web', 'hidden',
1249 1252 default=False,
1250 1253 )
1251 1254 coreconfigitem('web', 'labels',
1252 1255 default=list,
1253 1256 )
1254 1257 coreconfigitem('web', 'logoimg',
1255 1258 default='hglogo.png',
1256 1259 )
1257 1260 coreconfigitem('web', 'logourl',
1258 1261 default='https://mercurial-scm.org/',
1259 1262 )
1260 1263 coreconfigitem('web', 'accesslog',
1261 1264 default='-',
1262 1265 )
1263 1266 coreconfigitem('web', 'address',
1264 1267 default='',
1265 1268 )
1266 1269 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-archive',
1267 1270 alias=[('web', 'allow_archive')],
1268 1271 default=list,
1269 1272 )
1270 1273 coreconfigitem('web', 'allow_read',
1271 1274 default=list,
1272 1275 )
1273 1276 coreconfigitem('web', 'baseurl',
1274 1277 default=None,
1275 1278 )
1276 1279 coreconfigitem('web', 'cacerts',
1277 1280 default=None,
1278 1281 )
1279 1282 coreconfigitem('web', 'certificate',
1280 1283 default=None,
1281 1284 )
1282 1285 coreconfigitem('web', 'collapse',
1283 1286 default=False,
1284 1287 )
1285 1288 coreconfigitem('web', 'csp',
1286 1289 default=None,
1287 1290 )
1288 1291 coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_read',
1289 1292 default=list,
1290 1293 )
1291 1294 coreconfigitem('web', 'descend',
1292 1295 default=True,
1293 1296 )
1294 1297 coreconfigitem('web', 'description',
1295 1298 default="",
1296 1299 )
1297 1300 coreconfigitem('web', 'encoding',
1298 1301 default=lambda: encoding.encoding,
1299 1302 )
1300 1303 coreconfigitem('web', 'errorlog',
1301 1304 default='-',
1302 1305 )
1303 1306 coreconfigitem('web', 'ipv6',
1304 1307 default=False,
1305 1308 )
1306 1309 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxchanges',
1307 1310 default=10,
1308 1311 )
1309 1312 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxfiles',
1310 1313 default=10,
1311 1314 )
1312 1315 coreconfigitem('web', 'maxshortchanges',
1313 1316 default=60,
1314 1317 )
1315 1318 coreconfigitem('web', 'motd',
1316 1319 default='',
1317 1320 )
1318 1321 coreconfigitem('web', 'name',
1319 1322 default=dynamicdefault,
1320 1323 )
1321 1324 coreconfigitem('web', 'port',
1322 1325 default=8000,
1323 1326 )
1324 1327 coreconfigitem('web', 'prefix',
1325 1328 default='',
1326 1329 )
1327 1330 coreconfigitem('web', 'push_ssl',
1328 1331 default=True,
1329 1332 )
1330 1333 coreconfigitem('web', 'refreshinterval',
1331 1334 default=20,
1332 1335 )
1333 1336 coreconfigitem('web', 'server-header',
1334 1337 default=None,
1335 1338 )
1336 1339 coreconfigitem('web', 'staticurl',
1337 1340 default=None,
1338 1341 )
1339 1342 coreconfigitem('web', 'stripes',
1340 1343 default=1,
1341 1344 )
1342 1345 coreconfigitem('web', 'style',
1343 1346 default='paper',
1344 1347 )
1345 1348 coreconfigitem('web', 'templates',
1346 1349 default=None,
1347 1350 )
1348 1351 coreconfigitem('web', 'view',
1349 1352 default='served',
1350 1353 )
1351 1354 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclose',
1352 1355 default=dynamicdefault,
1353 1356 )
1354 1357 # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128
1355 1358 # should give us enough headway.
1356 1359 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosemaxqueue',
1357 1360 default=384,
1358 1361 )
1359 1362 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundcloseminfilecount',
1360 1363 default=2048,
1361 1364 )
1362 1365 coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosethreadcount',
1363 1366 default=4,
1364 1367 )
1365 1368 coreconfigitem('worker', 'enabled',
1366 1369 default=True,
1367 1370 )
1368 1371 coreconfigitem('worker', 'numcpus',
1369 1372 default=None,
1370 1373 )
1371 1374
1372 1375 # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing
1373 1376 # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit
1374 1377 # without formally loading it.
1375 1378 coreconfigitem('commands', 'rebase.requiredest',
1376 1379 default=False,
1377 1380 )
1378 1381 coreconfigitem('experimental', 'rebaseskipobsolete',
1379 1382 default=True,
1380 1383 )
1381 1384 coreconfigitem('rebase', 'singletransaction',
1382 1385 default=False,
1383 1386 )
1384 1387 coreconfigitem('rebase', 'experimental.inmemory',
1385 1388 default=False,
1386 1389 )
@@ -1,2691 +1,2696 b''
1 1 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
2 2 aspects of its behavior.
3 3
4 4 Troubleshooting
5 5 ===============
6 6
7 7 If you're having problems with your configuration,
8 8 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
9 9 a setting into your environment.
10 10
11 11 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
12 12 for information about how and where to override things.
13 13
14 14 Structure
15 15 =========
16 16
17 17 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
18 18 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
19 19 by ``name = value`` entries::
20 20
21 21 [ui]
22 22 username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net>
23 23 verbose = True
24 24
25 25 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
26 26 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
27 27
28 28 Files
29 29 =====
30 30
31 31 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
32 32 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
33 33 appropriate configuration files yourself:
34 34
35 35 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
36 36
37 37 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
38 38
39 39 .. container:: windows
40 40
41 41 - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
42 42
43 43 .. container:: unix.plan9
44 44
45 45 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
46 46
47 47 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
48 48 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
49 49 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
50 50 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
51 51 ones.
52 52
53 53 .. container:: verbose.unix
54 54
55 55 On Unix, the following files are consulted:
56 56
57 57 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
58 58 - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
59 59 - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
60 60 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
61 61 - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
62 62 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
63 63 - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
64 64 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
65 65
66 66 .. container:: verbose.windows
67 67
68 68 On Windows, the following files are consulted:
69 69
70 70 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
71 71 - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
72 72 - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
73 73 - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
74 74 - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
75 75 - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation)
76 76 - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
77 77 - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
78 78 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
79 79
80 80 .. note::
81 81
82 82 The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
83 83 is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
84 84
85 85 .. container:: windows
86 86
87 87 On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``.
88 88
89 89 .. container:: verbose.plan9
90 90
91 91 On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
92 92
93 93 - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
94 94 - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
95 95 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
96 96 - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
97 97 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
98 98 - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
99 99 - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
100 100
101 101 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
102 102 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
103 103 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
104 104 this file override options in all other configuration files.
105 105
106 106 .. container:: unix.plan9
107 107
108 108 On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
109 109 belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
110 110 :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
111 111
112 112 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options
113 113 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
114 114 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
115 115 options.
116 116
117 117 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
118 118 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
119 119 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
120 120
121 121 .. container:: unix.plan9
122 122
123 123 For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
124 124 will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
125 125 files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
126 126 directory.
127 127
128 128 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
129 129 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
130 130 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
131 131 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
132 132 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
133 133 be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
134 134 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
135 135
136 136 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
137 137 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
138 138 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
139 139 override per-installation options.
140 140
141 141 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
142 142 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
143 143 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
144 144 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
145 145 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
146 146 there.
147 147
148 148 Syntax
149 149 ======
150 150
151 151 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
152 152 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
153 153 ``configuration keys``)::
154 154
155 155 [spam]
156 156 eggs=ham
157 157 green=
158 158 eggs
159 159
160 160 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
161 161 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
162 162 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
163 163 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
164 164
165 165 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
166 166 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
167 167
168 168 [spam]
169 169 eggs=large
170 170 ham=serrano
171 171 eggs=small
172 172
173 173 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
174 174
175 175 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
176 176 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
177 177 example::
178 178
179 179 [foo]
180 180 eggs=large
181 181 ham=serrano
182 182 eggs=small
183 183
184 184 [bar]
185 185 eggs=ham
186 186 green=
187 187 eggs
188 188
189 189 [foo]
190 190 ham=prosciutto
191 191 eggs=medium
192 192 bread=toasted
193 193
194 194 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
195 195 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
196 196 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
197 197 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
198 198
199 199 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
200 200 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
201 201 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
202 202 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
203 203 above.
204 204
205 205 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
206 206 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
207 207 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
208 208 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
209 209 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
210 210 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
211 211
212 212 %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
213 213
214 214 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
215 215
216 216 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
217 217 section, if it has been set previously.
218 218
219 219 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
220 220 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
221 221 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
222 222 (all case insensitive).
223 223
224 224 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
225 225 placed in double quotation marks::
226 226
227 227 allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
228 228
229 229 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
230 230 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
231 231 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
232 232
233 233 Sections
234 234 ========
235 235
236 236 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
237 237 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
238 238 keys, and their possible values.
239 239
240 240 ``alias``
241 241 ---------
242 242
243 243 Defines command aliases.
244 244
245 245 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
246 246 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
247 247 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
248 248 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
249 249 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
250 250 command to be executed.
251 251
252 252 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
253 253
254 254 <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
255 255
256 256 For example, this definition::
257 257
258 258 latest = log --limit 5
259 259
260 260 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
261 261 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
262 262
263 263 stable5 = latest -b stable
264 264
265 265 .. note::
266 266
267 267 It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
268 268 existing commands, which will then override the original
269 269 definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
270 270
271 271 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
272 272 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
273 273 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
274 274
275 275 echo = !echo $@
276 276
277 277 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
278 278 terminal. A better example might be::
279 279
280 280 purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
281 281
282 282 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
283 283 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
284 284
285 285 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
286 286 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
287 287 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
288 288 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
289 289 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
290 290 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
291 291
292 292 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
293 293 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
294 294 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
295 295 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
296 296 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
297 297 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
298 298
299 299 .. note::
300 300
301 301 Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
302 302 processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
303 303 aliases.
304 304
305 305
306 306 ``annotate``
307 307 ------------
308 308
309 309 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
310 310 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
311 311 related options for the diff command.
312 312
313 313 ``ignorews``
314 314 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
315 315
316 316 ``ignorewseol``
317 317 Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines.
318 318
319 319 ``ignorewsamount``
320 320 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
321 321
322 322 ``ignoreblanklines``
323 323 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
324 324
325 325
326 326 ``auth``
327 327 --------
328 328
329 329 Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration
330 330 for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and
331 331 passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See
332 332 :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to
333 333 your HTTP server.
334 334
335 335 The following options apply to all hosts.
336 336
337 337 ``cookiefile``
338 338 Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a
339 339 host will be sent automatically.
340 340
341 341 The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies
342 342 on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab
343 343 character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name,
344 344 value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt
345 345 format."
346 346
347 347 Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You
348 348 will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized.
349 349 This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server.
350 350
351 351 The cookies file is read-only.
352 352
353 353 Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following
354 354 format::
355 355
356 356 <name>.<argument> = <value>
357 357
358 358 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
359 359 entries. Example::
360 360
361 361 foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
362 362 foo.username = foo
363 363 foo.password = bar
364 364 foo.schemes = http https
365 365
366 366 bar.prefix = secure.example.org
367 367 bar.key = path/to/file.key
368 368 bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
369 369 bar.schemes = https
370 370
371 371 Supported arguments:
372 372
373 373 ``prefix``
374 374 Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
375 375 The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
376 376 (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
377 377 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
378 378 against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
379 379 argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
380 380
381 381 ``username``
382 382 Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
383 383 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
384 384 be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
385 385 username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
386 386 includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
387 387 username or without a username will be considered.
388 388
389 389 ``password``
390 390 Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
391 391 remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
392 392 will be prompted for it.
393 393
394 394 ``key``
395 395 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
396 396 variables are expanded in the filename.
397 397
398 398 ``cert``
399 399 Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
400 400 variables are expanded in the filename.
401 401
402 402 ``schemes``
403 403 Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
404 404 authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
405 405 a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
406 406 static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
407 407 (default: https)
408 408
409 409 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
410 410 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
411 411
412 412 ``color``
413 413 ---------
414 414
415 415 Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
416 416 effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
417 417
418 418 ``mode``
419 419 String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
420 420 ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will
421 421 use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a
422 422 terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
423 423
424 424 ``pagermode``
425 425 String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager.
426 426
427 427 On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
428 428 color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option
429 429 will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
430 430 emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
431 431 either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
432 432 pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
433 433 codes).
434 434
435 435 On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
436 436 a different color mode than the pager program.
437 437
438 438 ``commands``
439 439 ------------
440 440
441 ``resolve.confirm``
442 Confirm before re-merging all unresolved files when running
443 :hg:`resolve --all`.
444 (default: False)
445
441 446 ``status.relative``
442 447 Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory.
443 448 (default: False)
444 449
445 450 ``status.terse``
446 451 Default value for the --terse flag, which condenes status output.
447 452 (default: empty)
448 453
449 454 ``update.check``
450 455 Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving
451 456 to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``,
452 457 ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working
453 458 directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may
454 459 result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update
455 460 as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may
456 461 trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any
457 462 update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any
458 463 are present.
459 464 (default: ``linear``)
460 465
461 466 ``update.requiredest``
462 467 Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`.
463 468 For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update`
464 469 will be disallowed.
465 470 (default: False)
466 471
467 472 ``committemplate``
468 473 ------------------
469 474
470 475 ``changeset``
471 476 String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
472 477 customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
473 478
474 479 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
475 480 below can be used for customization:
476 481
477 482 ``extramsg``
478 483 String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
479 484 commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
480 485
481 486 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
482 487 one shown by default::
483 488
484 489 [committemplate]
485 490 changeset = {desc}\n\n
486 491 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
487 492 HG: {extramsg}
488 493 HG: --
489 494 HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
490 495 "HG: branch merge\n")
491 496 }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
492 497 "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos %
493 498 "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds %
494 499 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
495 500 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
496 501 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
497 502 "HG: no files changed\n")}
498 503
499 504 ``diff()``
500 505 String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
501 506
502 507 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
503 508 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
504 509 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
505 510 it::
506 511
507 512 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
508 513
509 514 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
510 515 extra message::
511 516
512 517 [committemplate]
513 518 changeset = {desc}\n\n
514 519 HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
515 520 HG: {extramsg}
516 521 HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
517 522 HG: Do not touch the line above.
518 523 HG: Everything below will be removed.
519 524 {diff()}
520 525
521 526 .. note::
522 527
523 528 For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
524 529 detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
525 530 avoid showing broken characters.
526 531
527 532 For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
528 533 followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
529 534 the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
530 535 (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
531 536
532 537 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
533 538 required):
534 539
535 540 - :hg:`backout`
536 541 - :hg:`commit`
537 542 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
538 543 - :hg:`graft`
539 544 - :hg:`histedit`
540 545 - :hg:`import`
541 546 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
542 547 - :hg:`rebase`
543 548 - :hg:`shelve`
544 549 - :hg:`sign`
545 550 - :hg:`tag`
546 551 - :hg:`transplant`
547 552
548 553 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
549 554 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
550 555 messages for each action.
551 556
552 557 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
553 558 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
554 559 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
555 560 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
556 561 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
557 562 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
558 563 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
559 564 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
560 565 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
561 566 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
562 567 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
563 568 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
564 569 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
565 570 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
566 571 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
567 572 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
568 573 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
569 574 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
570 575 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
571 576 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
572 577 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
573 578 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
574 579 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
575 580 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
576 581 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
577 582 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
578 583
579 584 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
580 585 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
581 586 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
582 587 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
583 588
584 589 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
585 590 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
586 591 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
587 592 variable.
588 593
589 594 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
590 595 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
591 596 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
592 597
593 598 [committemplate]
594 599 listupfiles = {file_adds %
595 600 "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods %
596 601 "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels %
597 602 "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "",
598 603 "HG: no files changed\n")}
599 604
600 605 ``decode/encode``
601 606 -----------------
602 607
603 608 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
604 609 typically be used for newline processing or other
605 610 localization/canonicalization of files.
606 611
607 612 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
608 613 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
609 614 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
610 615 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
611 616 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
612 617 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
613 618
614 619 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
615 620 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
616 621
617 622 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
618 623 data on stdout.
619 624
620 625 Pipe example::
621 626
622 627 [encode]
623 628 # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
624 629 # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
625 630 *.gz = pipe: gunzip
626 631
627 632 [decode]
628 633 # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
629 634 # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
630 635 *.gz = gzip
631 636
632 637 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
633 638 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
634 639 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
635 640 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
636 641 the command.
637 642
638 643 .. container:: windows
639 644
640 645 .. note::
641 646
642 647 The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
643 648 where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
644 649 strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
645 650
646 651 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
647 652 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
648 653 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
649 654
650 655
651 656 ``defaults``
652 657 ------------
653 658
654 659 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
655 660
656 661 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
657 662 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
658 663
659 664 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
660 665 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
661 666
662 667 [defaults]
663 668 log = -v
664 669 status = -m
665 670
666 671 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
667 672 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
668 673 to the aliases of the commands defined.
669 674
670 675
671 676 ``diff``
672 677 --------
673 678
674 679 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
675 680 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
676 681 for related options for the annotate command.
677 682
678 683 ``git``
679 684 Use git extended diff format.
680 685
681 686 ``nobinary``
682 687 Omit git binary patches.
683 688
684 689 ``nodates``
685 690 Don't include dates in diff headers.
686 691
687 692 ``noprefix``
688 693 Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
689 694
690 695 ``showfunc``
691 696 Show which function each change is in.
692 697
693 698 ``ignorews``
694 699 Ignore white space when comparing lines.
695 700
696 701 ``ignorewsamount``
697 702 Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
698 703
699 704 ``ignoreblanklines``
700 705 Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
701 706
702 707 ``unified``
703 708 Number of lines of context to show.
704 709
705 710 ``word-diff``
706 711 Highlight changed words.
707 712
708 713 ``email``
709 714 ---------
710 715
711 716 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
712 717
713 718 ``from``
714 719 Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
715 720 of outgoing messages.
716 721
717 722 ``to``
718 723 Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
719 724
720 725 ``cc``
721 726 Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
722 727 email addresses.
723 728
724 729 ``bcc``
725 730 Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
726 731 email addresses.
727 732
728 733 ``method``
729 734 Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
730 735 (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
731 736 Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
732 737 (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
733 738 message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
734 739 ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
735 740
736 741 ``charsets``
737 742 Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
738 743 convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
739 744 containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
740 745 first character set to which conversion from local encoding
741 746 (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
742 747 conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
743 748 (default: '')
744 749
745 750 Order of outgoing email character sets:
746 751
747 752 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
748 753 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
749 754 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
750 755 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
751 756 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
752 757
753 758 Email example::
754 759
755 760 [email]
756 761 from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com>
757 762 method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
758 763 # charsets for western Europeans
759 764 # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
760 765 charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
761 766
762 767
763 768 ``extensions``
764 769 --------------
765 770
766 771 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
767 772 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
768 773
769 774 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
770 775 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
771 776 after the ``=``.
772 777
773 778 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
774 779 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
775 780 defines the extension.
776 781
777 782 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
778 783 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
779 784 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
780 785
781 786 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
782 787
783 788 [extensions]
784 789 # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
785 790 churn =
786 791 # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
787 792 myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
788 793
789 794
790 795 ``format``
791 796 ----------
792 797
793 798 Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more
794 799 powerful but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options
795 800 are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone
796 801 for config change to be taken into account.
797 802
798 803 For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see
799 804 https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement
800 805
801 806 ``usegeneraldelta``
802 807 Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
803 808 repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary
804 809 revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant
805 810 improvement for repositories with branches.
806 811
807 812 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
808 813
809 814 Enabled by default.
810 815
811 816 ``dotencode``
812 817 Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
813 818 the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
814 819 dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on
815 820 Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
816 821
817 822 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
818 823
819 824 Enabled by default.
820 825
821 826 ``usefncache``
822 827 Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
823 828 the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
824 829 fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
825 830 reserved names, e.g. "nul".
826 831
827 832 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
828 833
829 834 Enabled by default.
830 835
831 836 ``usestore``
832 837 Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
833 838 compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
834 839 filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
835 840 in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
836 841
837 842 Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
838 843
839 844 Enabled by default.
840 845
841 846 ``graph``
842 847 ---------
843 848
844 849 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
845 850 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
846 851 ``default`` branch stand out.
847 852
848 853 Each line has the following format::
849 854
850 855 <branch>.<argument> = <value>
851 856
852 857 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
853 858 customized. Example::
854 859
855 860 [graph]
856 861 # 2px width
857 862 default.width = 2
858 863 # red color
859 864 default.color = FF0000
860 865
861 866 Supported arguments:
862 867
863 868 ``width``
864 869 Set branch edges width in pixels.
865 870
866 871 ``color``
867 872 Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
868 873
869 874 ``hooks``
870 875 ---------
871 876
872 877 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
873 878 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
874 879 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
875 880 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
876 881 value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized
877 882 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
878 883 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
879 884
880 885 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
881 886
882 887 [hooks]
883 888 # update working directory after adding changesets
884 889 changegroup.update = hg update
885 890 # do not use the site-wide hook
886 891 incoming =
887 892 incoming.email = /my/email/hook
888 893 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
889 894 # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
890 895 priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
891 896
892 897 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
893 898 additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables
894 899 it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The
895 900 ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks.
896 901 They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name
897 902 of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will
898 903 be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``.
899 904
900 905 .. container:: windows
901 906
902 907 Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR``
903 908 and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will
904 909 be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion
905 910 on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back
906 911 slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by
907 912 double quotes after processing.
908 913
909 914 This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook
910 915 name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example::
911 916
912 917 [hooks]
913 918 incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
914 919 # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook
915 920 tonative.incoming.autobuild = True
916 921
917 922 ``changegroup``
918 923 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of
919 924 the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
920 925 The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
921 926
922 927 ``commit``
923 928 Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID
924 929 of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
925 930 IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
926 931
927 932 ``incoming``
928 933 Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
929 934 the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
930 935 ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
931 936
932 937 ``outgoing``
933 938 Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of
934 939 first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in
935 940 ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`.
936 941
937 942 ``post-<command>``
938 943 Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
939 944 contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
940 945 code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
941 946 ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
942 947 the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
943 948 dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
944 949 ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
945 950
946 951 ``fail-<command>``
947 952 Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
948 953 of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
949 954 arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
950 955 string representations of the python data internally passed to
951 956 <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
952 957 options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
953 958 Hook failure is ignored.
954 959
955 960 ``pre-<command>``
956 961 Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
957 962 command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
958 963 are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
959 964 representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
960 965 is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
961 966 defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
962 967 failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
963 968 code.
964 969
965 970 ``prechangegroup``
966 971 Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
967 972 status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will
968 973 cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes
969 974 will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
970 975
971 976 ``precommit``
972 977 Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
973 978 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
974 979 Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
975 980
976 981 ``prelistkeys``
977 982 Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
978 983 repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
979 984 in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
980 985
981 986 ``preoutgoing``
982 987 Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
983 988 another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
984 989 pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via
985 990 local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely,
986 991 since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in
987 992 ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote
988 993 SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation
989 994 is happening on behalf of a repository on same system.
990 995
991 996 ``prepushkey``
992 997 Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
993 998 repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
994 999 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
995 1000 the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
996 1001 ``$HG_NEW``.
997 1002
998 1003 ``pretag``
999 1004 Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
1000 1005 created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the
1001 1006 changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The
1002 1007 tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1003 1008
1004 1009 ``pretxnopen``
1005 1010 Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
1006 1011 transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the
1007 1012 transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
1008 1013 transaction from being opened.
1009 1014
1010 1015 ``pretxnclose``
1011 1016 Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
1012 1017 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1013 1018 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1014 1019 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
1015 1020 transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for
1016 1021 the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
1017 1022 vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE``
1018 1023 (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last
1019 1024 added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and
1020 1025 phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``
1021 1026 respectively, etc.
1022 1027
1023 1028 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``
1024 1029 Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository
1025 1030 change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the
1026 1031 transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to
1027 1032 proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back.
1028 1033 The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new
1029 1034 bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous
1030 1035 location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark
1031 1036 creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE``
1032 1037 will be empty.
1033 1038 In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1034 1039 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1035 1040 ``HG_TXNID``.
1036 1041
1037 1042 ``pretxnclose-phase``
1038 1043 Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change
1039 1044 will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
1040 1045 content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero
1041 1046 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called
1042 1047 multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change.
1043 1048 The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE``
1044 1049 while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE``
1045 1050 will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in
1046 1051 ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in
1047 1052 ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case
1048 1053 the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty.
1049 1054
1050 1055 ``txnclose``
1051 1056 Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
1052 1057 point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
1053 1058 after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for
1054 1059 details about available variables.
1055 1060
1056 1061 ``txnclose-bookmark``
1057 1062 Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the
1058 1063 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1059 1064 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details
1060 1065 about available variables.
1061 1066
1062 1067 ``txnclose-phase``
1063 1068 Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the
1064 1069 transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock
1065 1070 is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about
1066 1071 available variables.
1067 1072
1068 1073 ``txnabort``
1069 1074 Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
1070 1075 for details about available variables.
1071 1076
1072 1077 ``pretxnchangegroup``
1073 1078 Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
1074 1079 the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook
1075 1080 program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them.
1076 1081 The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in
1077 1082 ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero
1078 1083 status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or
1079 1084 unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
1080 1085
1081 1086 ``pretxncommit``
1082 1087 Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is
1083 1088 committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows
1084 1089 validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
1085 1090 commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to
1086 1091 be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent
1087 1092 changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1088 1093
1089 1094 ``preupdate``
1090 1095 Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
1091 1096 the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update.
1092 1097 The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a
1093 1098 merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
1094 1099
1095 1100 ``listkeys``
1096 1101 Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
1097 1102 key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
1098 1103 dictionary containing the keys and values.
1099 1104
1100 1105 ``pushkey``
1101 1106 Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
1102 1107 repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
1103 1108 ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
1104 1109 value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
1105 1110
1106 1111 ``tag``
1107 1112 Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
1108 1113 The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in
1109 1114 the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
1110 1115
1111 1116 ``update``
1112 1117 Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first
1113 1118 new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new
1114 1119 parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
1115 1120 update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
1116 1121
1117 1122 .. note::
1118 1123
1119 1124 It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
1120 1125 generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be
1121 1126 called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
1122 1127 Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
1123 1128 generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
1124 1129
1125 1130 .. note::
1126 1131
1127 1132 Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
1128 1133 hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
1129 1134 will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
1130 1135 changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
1131 1136
1132 1137 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
1133 1138
1134 1139 hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
1135 1140 hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
1136 1141
1137 1142 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
1138 1143 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
1139 1144 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
1140 1145 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
1141 1146 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
1142 1147 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
1143 1148
1144 1149 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
1145 1150 is treated as a failure.
1146 1151
1147 1152
1148 1153 ``hostfingerprints``
1149 1154 --------------------
1150 1155
1151 1156 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
1152 1157
1153 1158 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
1154 1159
1155 1160 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
1156 1161 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
1157 1162 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
1158 1163
1159 1164 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
1160 1165 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
1161 1166 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
1162 1167 to a new certificate.
1163 1168
1164 1169 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
1165 1170
1166 1171 For example::
1167 1172
1168 1173 [hostfingerprints]
1169 1174 hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1170 1175 hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1171 1176
1172 1177 ``hostsecurity``
1173 1178 ----------------
1174 1179
1175 1180 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
1176 1181 other machines.
1177 1182
1178 1183 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
1179 1184
1180 1185 ``ciphers``
1181 1186 Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
1182 1187
1183 1188 Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
1184 1189 https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
1185 1190
1186 1191 This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
1187 1192 can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
1188 1193 You have been warned.
1189 1194
1190 1195 This option requires Python 2.7.
1191 1196
1192 1197 ``minimumprotocol``
1193 1198 Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
1194 1199
1195 1200 By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
1196 1201 is used.
1197 1202
1198 1203 Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
1199 1204
1200 1205 When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
1201 1206 old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
1202 1207
1203 1208 When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
1204 1209 ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
1205 1210 weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
1206 1211 a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
1207 1212
1208 1213 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
1209 1214 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
1210 1215 per-host basis.
1211 1216
1212 1217 The following per-host settings can be defined.
1213 1218
1214 1219 ``ciphers``
1215 1220 This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
1216 1221 to the host on which it is defined.
1217 1222
1218 1223 ``fingerprints``
1219 1224 A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
1220 1225 the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
1221 1226 ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
1222 1227 In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part.
1223 1228
1224 1229 The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
1225 1230 ``sha512``.
1226 1231
1227 1232 Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
1228 1233
1229 1234 If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
1230 1235 host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
1231 1236 of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
1232 1237 certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
1233 1238 This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
1234 1239 at the expense of convenience.
1235 1240
1236 1241 This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
1237 1242
1238 1243 ``minimumprotocol``
1239 1244 This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
1240 1245 only applies to the host on which it is defined.
1241 1246
1242 1247 ``verifycertsfile``
1243 1248 Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
1244 1249 verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
1245 1250 constructs are expanded in the filename.
1246 1251
1247 1252 The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
1248 1253 must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
1249 1254 will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
1250 1255
1251 1256 If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
1252 1257 ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
1253 1258 used.
1254 1259
1255 1260 This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
1256 1261 is set.
1257 1262
1258 1263 The format of the file is as follows::
1259 1264
1260 1265 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1261 1266 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1262 1267 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1263 1268 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
1264 1269 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
1265 1270 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
1266 1271
1267 1272 For example::
1268 1273
1269 1274 [hostsecurity]
1270 1275 hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
1271 1276 hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
1272 1277 hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2
1273 1278 foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
1274 1279
1275 1280 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
1276 1281 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
1277 1282
1278 1283 [hostsecurity]
1279 1284 minimumprotocol = tls1.2
1280 1285 hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
1281 1286
1282 1287 ``http_proxy``
1283 1288 --------------
1284 1289
1285 1290 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
1286 1291 proxy.
1287 1292
1288 1293 ``host``
1289 1294 Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
1290 1295 "myproxy:8000".
1291 1296
1292 1297 ``no``
1293 1298 Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
1294 1299 the proxy.
1295 1300
1296 1301 ``passwd``
1297 1302 Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1298 1303
1299 1304 ``user``
1300 1305 Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
1301 1306
1302 1307 ``always``
1303 1308 Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
1304 1309 in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
1305 1310
1306 1311 ``merge``
1307 1312 ---------
1308 1313
1309 1314 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
1310 1315
1311 1316 ``checkignored``
1312 1317 Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
1313 1318 file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
1314 1319 contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
1315 1320 abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
1316 1321 ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
1317 1322 ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
1318 1323
1319 1324 ``checkunknown``
1320 1325 Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
1321 1326 as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
1322 1327 different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
1323 1328 are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
1324 1329
1325 1330 ``on-failure``
1326 1331 When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to
1327 1332 merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of
1328 1333 whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not.
1329 1334 Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue
1330 1335 or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically
1331 1336 halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process
1332 1337 can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is
1333 1338 halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state.
1334 1339 (default: ``continue``)
1335 1340
1336 1341 ``merge-patterns``
1337 1342 ------------------
1338 1343
1339 1344 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
1340 1345 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
1341 1346 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
1342 1347 root.
1343 1348
1344 1349 Example::
1345 1350
1346 1351 [merge-patterns]
1347 1352 **.c = kdiff3
1348 1353 **.jpg = myimgmerge
1349 1354
1350 1355 ``merge-tools``
1351 1356 ---------------
1352 1357
1353 1358 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
1354 1359 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
1355 1360 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
1356 1361 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
1357 1362
1358 1363 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
1359 1364
1360 1365 [merge-tools]
1361 1366 # Override stock tool location
1362 1367 kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
1363 1368 # Specify command line
1364 1369 kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
1365 1370 # Give higher priority
1366 1371 kdiff3.priority = 1
1367 1372
1368 1373 # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
1369 1374 meld.priority = 0
1370 1375
1371 1376 # Disable a preconfigured tool
1372 1377 vimdiff.disabled = yes
1373 1378
1374 1379 # Define new tool
1375 1380 myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
1376 1381 myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
1377 1382 myHtmlTool.priority = 1
1378 1383
1379 1384 Supported arguments:
1380 1385
1381 1386 ``priority``
1382 1387 The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
1383 1388 (default: 0)
1384 1389
1385 1390 ``executable``
1386 1391 Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
1387 1392
1388 1393 .. container:: windows
1389 1394
1390 1395 On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
1391 1396 syntax.
1392 1397
1393 1398 (default: the tool name)
1394 1399
1395 1400 ``args``
1396 1401 The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
1397 1402 files being merged as well as the output file through these
1398 1403 variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``.
1399 1404
1400 1405 The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is
1401 1406 being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
1402 1407 state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or
1403 1408 the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the
1404 1409 destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased.
1405 1410
1406 1411 Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions,
1407 1412 accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom
1408 1413 labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``,
1409 1414 respectively.
1410 1415 (default: ``$local $base $other``)
1411 1416
1412 1417 ``premerge``
1413 1418 Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
1414 1419 launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
1415 1420 ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
1416 1421 premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
1417 1422 about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
1418 1423 :hg:`help merge-tools`).
1419 1424 (default: True)
1420 1425
1421 1426 ``binary``
1422 1427 This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
1423 1428 was selected by file pattern match)
1424 1429
1425 1430 ``symlink``
1426 1431 This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
1427 1432
1428 1433 ``check``
1429 1434 A list of merge success-checking options:
1430 1435
1431 1436 ``changed``
1432 1437 Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
1433 1438 ``conflicts``
1434 1439 Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
1435 1440 ``prompt``
1436 1441 Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
1437 1442
1438 1443 ``fixeol``
1439 1444 Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
1440 1445 (default: False)
1441 1446
1442 1447 ``gui``
1443 1448 This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
1444 1449
1445 1450 ``mergemarkers``
1446 1451 Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and
1447 1452 ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or
1448 1453 ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict
1449 1454 markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or
1450 1455 the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``.
1451 1456 (default: ``basic``)
1452 1457
1453 1458 ``mergemarkertemplate``
1454 1459 This setting can be used to override ``mergemarkertemplate`` from the ``[ui]``
1455 1460 section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the ``$label``-prefixed variables
1456 1461 and to the conflict markers that are generated if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or
1457 1462 ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable in ``[ui]`` for more
1458 1463 information.
1459 1464
1460 1465 .. container:: windows
1461 1466
1462 1467 ``regkey``
1463 1468 Windows registry key which describes install location of this
1464 1469 tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
1465 1470 ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
1466 1471 (default: None)
1467 1472
1468 1473 ``regkeyalt``
1469 1474 An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
1470 1475 found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
1471 1476 semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key
1472 1477 is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
1473 1478 (default: None)
1474 1479
1475 1480 ``regname``
1476 1481 Name of value to read from specified registry key.
1477 1482 (default: the unnamed (default) value)
1478 1483
1479 1484 ``regappend``
1480 1485 String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
1481 1486 the executable name of the tool.
1482 1487 (default: None)
1483 1488
1484 1489 ``pager``
1485 1490 ---------
1486 1491
1487 1492 Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See
1488 1493 :hg:`help pager` for details.
1489 1494
1490 1495 ``pager``
1491 1496 Define the external tool used as pager.
1492 1497
1493 1498 If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER.
1494 1499 If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be
1495 1500 used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example::
1496 1501
1497 1502 [pager]
1498 1503 pager = less -FRX
1499 1504
1500 1505 ``ignore``
1501 1506 List of commands to disable the pager for. Example::
1502 1507
1503 1508 [pager]
1504 1509 ignore = version, help, update
1505 1510
1506 1511 ``patch``
1507 1512 ---------
1508 1513
1509 1514 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
1510 1515 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
1511 1516
1512 1517 ``eol``
1513 1518 When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
1514 1519 are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
1515 1520 lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
1516 1521 normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
1517 1522 ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
1518 1523 endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
1519 1524 on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
1520 1525 of line, patch line endings are preserved.
1521 1526 (default: strict)
1522 1527
1523 1528 ``fuzz``
1524 1529 The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
1525 1530 controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
1526 1531 trying to apply a patch.
1527 1532 (default: 2)
1528 1533
1529 1534 ``paths``
1530 1535 ---------
1531 1536
1532 1537 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
1533 1538
1534 1539 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
1535 1540 location of the repository. Example::
1536 1541
1537 1542 [paths]
1538 1543 my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
1539 1544 local_path = /home/me/repo
1540 1545
1541 1546 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
1542 1547 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
1543 1548 :hg:`push local_path`.
1544 1549
1545 1550 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
1546 1551 behavior for that specific path. Example::
1547 1552
1548 1553 [paths]
1549 1554 my_server = https://example.com/my_path
1550 1555 my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
1551 1556
1552 1557 The following sub-options can be defined:
1553 1558
1554 1559 ``pushurl``
1555 1560 The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
1556 1561 defined by the path's main entry is used.
1557 1562
1558 1563 ``pushrev``
1559 1564 A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
1560 1565
1561 1566 When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
1562 1567 defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
1563 1568
1564 1569 For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
1565 1570 revision by default.
1566 1571
1567 1572 Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
1568 1573 pushed.
1569 1574
1570 1575 The following special named paths exist:
1571 1576
1572 1577 ``default``
1573 1578 The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
1574 1579
1575 1580 :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
1576 1581 repository was cloned from.
1577 1582
1578 1583 ``default-push``
1579 1584 (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
1580 1585 ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
1581 1586
1582 1587 ``phases``
1583 1588 ----------
1584 1589
1585 1590 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
1586 1591 information about working with phases.
1587 1592
1588 1593 ``publish``
1589 1594 Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
1590 1595 pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
1591 1596 pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
1592 1597 (default: True)
1593 1598
1594 1599 ``new-commit``
1595 1600 Phase of newly-created commits.
1596 1601 (default: draft)
1597 1602
1598 1603 ``checksubrepos``
1599 1604 Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
1600 1605 values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
1601 1606 "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
1602 1607 checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
1603 1608 greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
1604 1609 "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
1605 1610 either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
1606 1611 used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
1607 1612 (default: follow)
1608 1613
1609 1614
1610 1615 ``profiling``
1611 1616 -------------
1612 1617
1613 1618 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
1614 1619 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
1615 1620 profiler (named ``stat``).
1616 1621
1617 1622 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
1618 1623 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
1619 1624 statistical text report generated from the profiling data.
1620 1625
1621 1626 ``enabled``
1622 1627 Enable the profiler.
1623 1628 (default: false)
1624 1629
1625 1630 This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
1626 1631
1627 1632 ``type``
1628 1633 The type of profiler to use.
1629 1634 (default: stat)
1630 1635
1631 1636 ``ls``
1632 1637 Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
1633 1638 works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
1634 1639 first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
1635 1640 identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
1636 1641 ``stat``
1637 1642 Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
1638 1643 useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
1639 1644 seconds.
1640 1645
1641 1646 ``format``
1642 1647 Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1643 1648 (default: text)
1644 1649
1645 1650 ``text``
1646 1651 Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
1647 1652 noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
1648 1653 not kept.
1649 1654 ``kcachegrind``
1650 1655 Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
1651 1656 file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
1652 1657 kcachegrind.
1653 1658
1654 1659 ``statformat``
1655 1660 Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
1656 1661 (default: hotpath)
1657 1662
1658 1663 ``hotpath``
1659 1664 Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
1660 1665 most time was spent).
1661 1666 ``bymethod``
1662 1667 Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
1663 1668 ``byline``
1664 1669 Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
1665 1670 ``json``
1666 1671 Render profiling data as JSON.
1667 1672
1668 1673 ``frequency``
1669 1674 Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
1670 1675 (default: 1000)
1671 1676
1672 1677 ``output``
1673 1678 File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
1674 1679 file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
1675 1680 stderr)
1676 1681
1677 1682 ``sort``
1678 1683 Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1679 1684 One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
1680 1685 ``inlinetime``.
1681 1686 (default: inlinetime)
1682 1687
1683 1688 ``time-track``
1684 1689 Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time.
1685 1690 (default: ``cpu``)
1686 1691
1687 1692 ``limit``
1688 1693 Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1689 1694 (default: 30)
1690 1695
1691 1696 ``nested``
1692 1697 Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
1693 1698 This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
1694 1699 Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
1695 1700 (default: 0)
1696 1701
1697 1702 ``showmin``
1698 1703 Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed.
1699 1704 Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a
1700 1705 ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``.
1701 1706
1702 1707 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1703 1708
1704 1709 For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``.
1705 1710 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``.
1706 1711
1707 1712 The option is unused on other formats.
1708 1713
1709 1714 ``showmax``
1710 1715 Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in
1711 1716 display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``.
1712 1717
1713 1718 Only used by the ``stat`` profiler.
1714 1719
1715 1720 For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``.
1716 1721
1717 1722 The option is unused on other formats.
1718 1723
1719 1724 ``progress``
1720 1725 ------------
1721 1726
1722 1727 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
1723 1728 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
1724 1729 have a definite end point.
1725 1730
1726 1731 ``delay``
1727 1732 Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
1728 1733
1729 1734 ``changedelay``
1730 1735 Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
1731 1736 that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
1732 1737
1733 1738 ``estimateinterval``
1734 1739 Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time
1735 1740 calculation. (default: 60)
1736 1741
1737 1742 ``refresh``
1738 1743 Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
1739 1744
1740 1745 ``format``
1741 1746 Format of the progress bar.
1742 1747
1743 1748 Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
1744 1749 ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
1745 1750 last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
1746 1751 ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
1747 1752 first num characters.
1748 1753
1749 1754 (default: topic bar number estimate)
1750 1755
1751 1756 ``width``
1752 1757 If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
1753 1758 term width) will be used).
1754 1759
1755 1760 ``clear-complete``
1756 1761 Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
1757 1762
1758 1763 ``disable``
1759 1764 If true, don't show a progress bar.
1760 1765
1761 1766 ``assume-tty``
1762 1767 If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
1763 1768
1764 1769 ``rebase``
1765 1770 ----------
1766 1771
1767 1772 ``evolution.allowdivergence``
1768 1773 Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
1769 1774 rebase of obsolete changesets.
1770 1775
1771 1776 ``revsetalias``
1772 1777 ---------------
1773 1778
1774 1779 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
1775 1780
1776 1781 ``storage``
1777 1782 -----------
1778 1783
1779 1784 Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this
1780 1785 category impact performance and repository size.
1781 1786
1782 1787 ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice``
1783 1788 When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as
1784 1789 a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved
1785 1790 revlog compression. This option is enabled by default.
1786 1791
1787 1792 Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for
1788 1793 repository with many merges.
1789 1794
1790 1795 ``server``
1791 1796 ----------
1792 1797
1793 1798 Controls generic server settings.
1794 1799
1795 1800 ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat``
1796 1801 Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist
1797 1802 for compatibility purpose (default to True)
1798 1803
1799 1804 If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark
1800 1805 movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and
1801 1806 ``pretxnclose-bookmark``.
1802 1807
1803 1808 ``compressionengines``
1804 1809 List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
1805 1810 to clients.
1806 1811
1807 1812 The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
1808 1813 having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
1809 1814 here, it won't be advertised to clients.
1810 1815
1811 1816 If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
1812 1817 :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
1813 1818 default wire protocol priority.
1814 1819
1815 1820 Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
1816 1821 has no effect for legacy clients.
1817 1822
1818 1823 ``uncompressed``
1819 1824 Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
1820 1825 uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
1821 1826 data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
1822 1827 server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
1823 1828 WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
1824 1829 regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
1825 1830 about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
1826 1831 extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
1827 1832 the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
1828 1833 (default: True)
1829 1834
1830 1835 ``uncompressedallowsecret``
1831 1836 Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret
1832 1837 changesets. (default: False)
1833 1838
1834 1839 ``preferuncompressed``
1835 1840 When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
1836 1841 protocol. (default: False)
1837 1842
1838 1843 ``disablefullbundle``
1839 1844 When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones.
1840 1845 If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles
1841 1846 are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed.
1842 1847 (default: False)
1843 1848
1844 1849 ``streamunbundle``
1845 1850 When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly,
1846 1851 otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option
1847 1852 effectively prevents concurrent pushes.
1848 1853
1849 1854 ``pullbundle``
1850 1855 When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles
1851 1856 covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching
1852 1857 entry will be streamed to the client.
1853 1858
1854 1859 For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression
1855 1860 for older clients.
1856 1861
1857 1862 ``concurrent-push-mode``
1858 1863 Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients.
1859 1864
1860 1865 - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository
1861 1866 while the push was preparing. (default)
1862 1867 - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also
1863 1868 affected while the push was preparing.
1864 1869
1865 1870 This requires compatible client (version 4.3 and later). Old client will
1866 1871 use 'strict'.
1867 1872
1868 1873 ``validate``
1869 1874 Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
1870 1875 checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
1871 1876 present. (default: False)
1872 1877
1873 1878 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
1874 1879 Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
1875 1880 many bytes. (default: 1024)
1876 1881
1877 1882 ``bundle1``
1878 1883 Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
1879 1884 exchange format. (default: True)
1880 1885
1881 1886 ``bundle1gd``
1882 1887 Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
1883 1888 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1884 1889
1885 1890 ``bundle1.push``
1886 1891 Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1887 1892 format. (default: True)
1888 1893
1889 1894 ``bundle1gd.push``
1890 1895 Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
1891 1896 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1892 1897
1893 1898 ``bundle1.pull``
1894 1899 Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
1895 1900 format. (default: True)
1896 1901
1897 1902 ``bundle1gd.pull``
1898 1903 Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
1899 1904 *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
1900 1905
1901 1906 Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
1902 1907 consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
1903 1908 repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
1904 1909 format can consume a lot of CPU.
1905 1910
1906 1911 ``zliblevel``
1907 1912 Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
1908 1913 for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
1909 1914 commands that send repository history data).
1910 1915
1911 1916 The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
1912 1917 likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
1913 1918 maximum compression.
1914 1919
1915 1920 Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
1916 1921 bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
1917 1922 but sends more bytes to clients.
1918 1923
1919 1924 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1920 1925
1921 1926 ``zstdlevel``
1922 1927 Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
1923 1928 for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
1924 1929 ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
1925 1930
1926 1931 The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
1927 1932 delivering better compression ratios.
1928 1933
1929 1934 This option only impacts the HTTP server.
1930 1935
1931 1936 See also ``server.zliblevel``.
1932 1937
1933 1938 ``smtp``
1934 1939 --------
1935 1940
1936 1941 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
1937 1942
1938 1943 ``host``
1939 1944 Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
1940 1945
1941 1946 ``port``
1942 1947 Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
1943 1948 ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
1944 1949
1945 1950 ``tls``
1946 1951 Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
1947 1952 smtps or none. (default: none)
1948 1953
1949 1954 ``username``
1950 1955 Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
1951 1956 (default: None)
1952 1957
1953 1958 ``password``
1954 1959 Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
1955 1960 specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
1956 1961 password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
1957 1962
1958 1963 ``local_hostname``
1959 1964 Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
1960 1965 itself to the MTA.
1961 1966
1962 1967
1963 1968 ``subpaths``
1964 1969 ------------
1965 1970
1966 1971 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
1967 1972 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
1968 1973 rewrite rules of the form::
1969 1974
1970 1975 <pattern> = <replacement>
1971 1976
1972 1977 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
1973 1978 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
1974 1979 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
1975 1980 ``replacements``. For instance::
1976 1981
1977 1982 http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
1978 1983
1979 1984 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
1980 1985
1981 1986 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
1982 1987 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
1983 1988 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
1984 1989 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
1985 1990
1986 1991 ``subrepos``
1987 1992 ------------
1988 1993
1989 1994 This section contains options that control the behavior of the
1990 1995 subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`.
1991 1996
1992 1997 Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to
1993 1998 prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git
1994 1999 subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion
1995 2000 subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default
1996 2001 out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using
1997 2002 the respective options below.
1998 2003
1999 2004 ``allowed``
2000 2005 Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2001 2006
2002 2007 When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`)
2003 2008 will fail for all subrepository types.
2004 2009 (default: true)
2005 2010
2006 2011 ``hg:allowed``
2007 2012 Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working
2008 2013 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2009 2014 is true.
2010 2015 (default: true)
2011 2016
2012 2017 ``git:allowed``
2013 2018 Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory.
2014 2019 This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true.
2015 2020
2016 2021 See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos.
2017 2022 (default: false)
2018 2023
2019 2024 ``svn:allowed``
2020 2025 Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working
2021 2026 directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed``
2022 2027 is true.
2023 2028
2024 2029 See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos.
2025 2030 (default: false)
2026 2031
2027 2032 ``templatealias``
2028 2033 -----------------
2029 2034
2030 2035 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2031 2036
2032 2037 ``templates``
2033 2038 -------------
2034 2039
2035 2040 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
2036 2041 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
2037 2042
2038 2043 ``trusted``
2039 2044 -----------
2040 2045
2041 2046 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
2042 2047 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
2043 2048 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
2044 2049 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
2045 2050 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
2046 2051 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
2047 2052 section.
2048 2053
2049 2054 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
2050 2055 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
2051 2056 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
2052 2057 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
2053 2058 user or service running Mercurial.
2054 2059
2055 2060 ``users``
2056 2061 Comma-separated list of trusted users.
2057 2062
2058 2063 ``groups``
2059 2064 Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
2060 2065
2061 2066
2062 2067 ``ui``
2063 2068 ------
2064 2069
2065 2070 User interface controls.
2066 2071
2067 2072 ``archivemeta``
2068 2073 Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
2069 2074 (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
2070 2075 by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
2071 2076 (default: True)
2072 2077
2073 2078 ``askusername``
2074 2079 Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
2075 2080 neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
2076 2081 be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
2077 2082 default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
2078 2083 (default: False)
2079 2084
2080 2085 ``clonebundles``
2081 2086 Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
2082 2087
2083 2088 When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
2084 2089 bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
2085 2090
2086 2091 This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
2087 2092
2088 2093 (default: True)
2089 2094
2090 2095 ``clonebundlefallback``
2091 2096 Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
2092 2097 should result in fallback to a regular clone.
2093 2098
2094 2099 This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
2095 2100 bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
2096 2101 start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
2097 2102 clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
2098 2103 since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
2099 2104 pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
2100 2105 clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
2101 2106 fails.
2102 2107
2103 2108 (default: False)
2104 2109
2105 2110 ``clonebundleprefers``
2106 2111 Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
2107 2112
2108 2113 Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
2109 2114 bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
2110 2115 type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
2111 2116 bundle over another.
2112 2117
2113 2118 The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
2114 2119
2115 2120 BUNDLESPEC
2116 2121 A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
2117 2122 e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
2118 2123
2119 2124 COMPRESSION
2120 2125 The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
2121 2126
2122 2127 Server operators may define custom keys.
2123 2128
2124 2129 Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
2125 2130 ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
2126 2131
2127 2132 By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
2128 2133
2129 2134 ``color``
2130 2135 When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or
2131 2136 "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it
2132 2137 seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
2133 2138
2134 2139 ``commitsubrepos``
2135 2140 Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
2136 2141 parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
2137 2142 changes, abort the commit.
2138 2143 (default: False)
2139 2144
2140 2145 ``debug``
2141 2146 Print debugging information. (default: False)
2142 2147
2143 2148 ``editor``
2144 2149 The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
2145 2150
2146 2151 ``fallbackencoding``
2147 2152 Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
2148 2153 UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
2149 2154
2150 2155 ``graphnodetemplate``
2151 2156 The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
2152 2157 (default: ``{graphnode}``)
2153 2158
2154 2159 ``ignore``
2155 2160 A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
2156 2161 in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
2157 2162 are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
2158 2163 so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
2159 2164 setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
2160 2165 of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
2161 2166
2162 2167 ``interactive``
2163 2168 Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
2164 2169
2165 2170 ``interface``
2166 2171 Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
2167 2172 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2168 2173
2169 2174 ``interface.chunkselector``
2170 2175 Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
2171 2176 Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
2172 2177 This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
2173 2178
2174 2179 ``large-file-limit``
2175 2180 Largest file size that gives no memory use warning.
2176 2181 Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check.
2177 2182 (default: 10000000)
2178 2183
2179 2184 ``logtemplate``
2180 2185 Template string for commands that print changesets.
2181 2186
2182 2187 ``merge``
2183 2188 The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
2184 2189 For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
2185 2190 For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2186 2191
2187 2192 ``mergemarkers``
2188 2193 Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
2189 2194 style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
2190 2195 The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
2191 2196 One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
2192 2197 (default: ``basic``)
2193 2198
2194 2199 ``mergemarkertemplate``
2195 2200 The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
2196 2201 marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
2197 2202 format.
2198 2203
2199 2204 Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
2200 2205 the first line of the commit description.
2201 2206
2202 2207 If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
2203 2208 authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
2204 2209 managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
2205 2210 specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
2206 2211 environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
2207 2212 markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
2208 2213 serious problems may occur.
2209 2214
2210 2215 Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
2211 2216
2212 2217 ``origbackuppath``
2213 2218 The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
2214 2219 not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this
2215 2220 directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig
2216 2221 suffix.
2217 2222
2218 2223 ``paginate``
2219 2224 Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager`
2220 2225 for details.
2221 2226
2222 2227 ``patch``
2223 2228 An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
2224 2229 will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
2225 2230 internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
2226 2231 Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
2227 2232 argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
2228 2233 current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
2229 2234 from stdin.
2230 2235
2231 2236 It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
2232 2237 arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
2233 2238 will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
2234 2239
2235 2240 ``portablefilenames``
2236 2241 Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
2237 2242 (default: ``warn``)
2238 2243
2239 2244 ``warn``
2240 2245 Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
2241 2246 filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
2242 2247 Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
2243 2248 characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
2244 2249 file).
2245 2250
2246 2251 ``ignore``
2247 2252 Don't print a warning.
2248 2253
2249 2254 ``abort``
2250 2255 The command is aborted.
2251 2256
2252 2257 ``true``
2253 2258 Alias for ``warn``.
2254 2259
2255 2260 ``false``
2256 2261 Alias for ``ignore``.
2257 2262
2258 2263 .. container:: windows
2259 2264
2260 2265 On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
2261 2266
2262 2267 ``quiet``
2263 2268 Reduce the amount of output printed.
2264 2269 (default: False)
2265 2270
2266 2271 ``remotecmd``
2267 2272 Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
2268 2273 (default: ``hg``)
2269 2274
2270 2275 ``report_untrusted``
2271 2276 Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
2272 2277 trusted user or group.
2273 2278 (default: True)
2274 2279
2275 2280 ``slash``
2276 2281 (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.)
2277 2282
2278 2283 Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
2279 2284 only makes a difference on systems where the default path
2280 2285 separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
2281 2286 backslash character (``\``)).
2282 2287 (default: False)
2283 2288
2284 2289 ``statuscopies``
2285 2290 Display copies in the status command.
2286 2291
2287 2292 ``ssh``
2288 2293 Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
2289 2294
2290 2295 ``ssherrorhint``
2291 2296 A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g.
2292 2297 ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``)
2293 2298
2294 2299 ``strict``
2295 2300 Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
2296 2301 abbreviations. (default: False)
2297 2302
2298 2303 ``style``
2299 2304 Name of style to use for command output.
2300 2305
2301 2306 ``supportcontact``
2302 2307 A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
2303 2308 large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
2304 2309 reports should be addressed to your internal support.
2305 2310
2306 2311 ``textwidth``
2307 2312 Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
2308 2313 ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
2309 2314 width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
2310 2315 A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
2311 2316 used. (default: 78)
2312 2317
2313 2318 ``timeout``
2314 2319 The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
2315 2320 means no timeout. (default: 600)
2316 2321
2317 2322 ``timeout.warn``
2318 2323 Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative
2319 2324 value means no warning. (default: 0)
2320 2325
2321 2326 ``traceback``
2322 2327 Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
2323 2328 occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
2324 2329 on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
2325 2330 IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
2326 2331
2327 2332 ``tweakdefaults``
2328 2333
2329 2334 By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release
2330 2335 to release, but over time the recommended config settings
2331 2336 shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to
2332 2337 Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no
2333 2338 effet if ``HGPLAIN` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does
2334 2339 not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False)
2335 2340
2336 2341 ``username``
2337 2342 The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
2338 2343 Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
2339 2344 <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the
2340 2345 username are expanded.
2341 2346
2342 2347 (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
2343 2348 hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
2344 2349 system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
2345 2350 hgrc file)
2346 2351
2347 2352 ``verbose``
2348 2353 Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
2349 2354
2350 2355
2351 2356 ``web``
2352 2357 -------
2353 2358
2354 2359 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
2355 2360 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
2356 2361 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
2357 2362 and WSGI).
2358 2363
2359 2364 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
2360 2365 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
2361 2366 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
2362 2367 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
2363 2368 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
2364 2369 checks.
2365 2370
2366 2371 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
2367 2372 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
2368 2373 command line::
2369 2374
2370 2375 $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
2371 2376
2372 2377 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
2373 2378 that this should not be used for public servers.
2374 2379
2375 2380 The full set of options is:
2376 2381
2377 2382 ``accesslog``
2378 2383 Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
2379 2384
2380 2385 ``address``
2381 2386 Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
2382 2387
2383 2388 ``allow-archive``
2384 2389 List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
2385 2390 (default: empty)
2386 2391
2387 2392 ``allowbz2``
2388 2393 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
2389 2394 revisions.
2390 2395 (default: False)
2391 2396
2392 2397 ``allowgz``
2393 2398 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
2394 2399 revisions.
2395 2400 (default: False)
2396 2401
2397 2402 ``allow-pull``
2398 2403 Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
2399 2404
2400 2405 ``allow-push``
2401 2406 Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2402 2407 pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
2403 2408 user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
2404 2409 remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
2405 2410 user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
2406 2411 allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list.
2407 2412
2408 2413 ``allow_read``
2409 2414 If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
2410 2415 the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
2411 2416 repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
2412 2417 user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
2413 2418 denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
2414 2419 is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
2415 2420 special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
2416 2421 is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
2417 2422 examined after the deny_read list.
2418 2423
2419 2424 ``allowzip``
2420 2425 (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
2421 2426 revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
2422 2427 (default: False)
2423 2428
2424 2429 ``archivesubrepos``
2425 2430 Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
2426 2431 (default: False)
2427 2432
2428 2433 ``baseurl``
2429 2434 Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
2430 2435 third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
2431 2436 URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
2432 2437
2433 2438 ``cacerts``
2434 2439 Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
2435 2440 authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
2436 2441 constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
2437 2442 client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
2438 2443 with these certificates.
2439 2444
2440 2445 To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
2441 2446 command line.
2442 2447
2443 2448 You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
2444 2449 one. On most Linux systems this will be
2445 2450 ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
2446 2451 generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
2447 2452
2448 2453 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2449 2454 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2450 2455 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2451 2456 -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
2452 2457 ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
2453 2458 -----END CERTIFICATE-----
2454 2459
2455 2460 ``cache``
2456 2461 Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
2457 2462
2458 2463 ``certificate``
2459 2464 Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
2460 2465
2461 2466 ``collapse``
2462 2467 With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
2463 2468 a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
2464 2469 ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
2465 2470 the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
2466 2471 lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
2467 2472 collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
2468 2473 into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
2469 2474
2470 2475 ``comparisoncontext``
2471 2476 Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
2472 2477 negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
2473 2478
2474 2479 This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
2475 2480 ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
2476 2481
2477 2482 ``contact``
2478 2483 Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
2479 2484 (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
2480 2485
2481 2486 ``csp``
2482 2487 Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
2483 2488
2484 2489 The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
2485 2490 by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
2486 2491 ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
2487 2492 one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
2488 2493 ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
2489 2494
2490 2495 Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
2491 2496 data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
2492 2497 "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
2493 2498 threat model.
2494 2499
2495 2500 ``deny_push``
2496 2501 Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
2497 2502 push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
2498 2503 denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
2499 2504 any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
2500 2505 contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list.
2501 2506
2502 2507 ``deny_read``
2503 2508 Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
2504 2509 not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
2505 2510 authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
2506 2511 the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
2507 2512 are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
2508 2513 the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
2509 2514 content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
2510 2515 deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
2511 2516 permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
2512 2517 served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
2513 2518 the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
2514 2519 priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
2515 2520 list.
2516 2521
2517 2522 ``descend``
2518 2523 hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
2519 2524 directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
2520 2525 available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
2521 2526
2522 2527 ``description``
2523 2528 Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
2524 2529 (default: "unknown")
2525 2530
2526 2531 ``encoding``
2527 2532 Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
2528 2533 Example: "UTF-8".
2529 2534
2530 2535 ``errorlog``
2531 2536 Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
2532 2537
2533 2538 ``guessmime``
2534 2539 Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
2535 2540 Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
2536 2541 extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
2537 2542 allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
2538 2543 repositories. (default: False)
2539 2544
2540 2545 ``hidden``
2541 2546 Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
2542 2547 (default: False)
2543 2548
2544 2549 ``ipv6``
2545 2550 Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
2546 2551
2547 2552 ``labels``
2548 2553 List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
2549 2554
2550 2555 Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
2551 2556 output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
2552 2557 by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
2553 2558 if a specific label is present.
2554 2559
2555 2560 ``logoimg``
2556 2561 File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
2557 2562 The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
2558 2563 the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
2559 2564 If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
2560 2565
2561 2566 ``logourl``
2562 2567 Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
2563 2568 will be used.
2564 2569
2565 2570 ``maxchanges``
2566 2571 Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
2567 2572
2568 2573 ``maxfiles``
2569 2574 Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
2570 2575
2571 2576 ``maxshortchanges``
2572 2577 Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
2573 2578 pages. (default: 60)
2574 2579
2575 2580 ``name``
2576 2581 Repository name to use in the web interface.
2577 2582 (default: current working directory)
2578 2583
2579 2584 ``port``
2580 2585 Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
2581 2586
2582 2587 ``prefix``
2583 2588 Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
2584 2589
2585 2590 ``push_ssl``
2586 2591 Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
2587 2592 prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
2588 2593
2589 2594 ``refreshinterval``
2590 2595 How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
2591 2596 repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
2592 2597 to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
2593 2598 required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
2594 2599
2595 2600 Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
2596 2601 (default: 20)
2597 2602
2598 2603 ``server-header``
2599 2604 Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header.
2600 2605
2601 2606 ``staticurl``
2602 2607 Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
2603 2608 hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
2604 2609 this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
2605 2610 Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
2606 2611
2607 2612 ``stripes``
2608 2613 How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
2609 2614 Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
2610 2615
2611 2616 ``style``
2612 2617 Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
2613 2618 subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
2614 2619 Example: ``monoblue``.
2615 2620
2616 2621 ``templates``
2617 2622 Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
2618 2623 can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
2619 2624
2620 2625 ``websub``
2621 2626 ----------
2622 2627
2623 2628 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
2624 2629 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
2625 2630 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
2626 2631
2627 2632 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
2628 2633 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
2629 2634 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
2630 2635 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
2631 2636
2632 2637 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
2633 2638 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
2634 2639 HTML (see the examples below).
2635 2640
2636 2641 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
2637 2642 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
2638 2643 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
2639 2644 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
2640 2645
2641 2646 patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
2642 2647
2643 2648 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
2644 2649 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
2645 2650
2646 2651 Examples::
2647 2652
2648 2653 [websub]
2649 2654 issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
2650 2655 italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
2651 2656 bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
2652 2657
2653 2658 ``worker``
2654 2659 ----------
2655 2660
2656 2661 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
2657 2662 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
2658 2663 helps performance.
2659 2664
2660 2665 ``enabled``
2661 2666 Whether to enable workers code to be used.
2662 2667 (default: true)
2663 2668
2664 2669 ``numcpus``
2665 2670 Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
2666 2671 negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
2667 2672 (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
2668 2673
2669 2674 ``backgroundclose``
2670 2675 Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
2671 2676 operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
2672 2677 handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
2673 2678 on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
2674 2679 (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
2675 2680
2676 2681 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
2677 2682 Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
2678 2683 Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
2679 2684 threads.
2680 2685 (default: 2048)
2681 2686
2682 2687 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
2683 2688 The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
2684 2689 background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
2685 2690 enabled.
2686 2691 (default: 384)
2687 2692
2688 2693 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
2689 2694 Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
2690 2695 ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
2691 2696 (default: 4)
@@ -1,425 +1,514 b''
1 1 test that a commit clears the merge state.
2 2
3 3 $ hg init repo
4 4 $ cd repo
5 5
6 6 $ echo foo > file1
7 7 $ echo foo > file2
8 8 $ hg commit -Am 'add files'
9 9 adding file1
10 10 adding file2
11 11
12 12 $ echo bar >> file1
13 13 $ echo bar >> file2
14 14 $ hg commit -Am 'append bar to files'
15 15
16 16 create a second head with conflicting edits
17 17
18 18 $ hg up -C 0
19 19 2 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
20 20 $ echo baz >> file1
21 21 $ echo baz >> file2
22 22 $ hg commit -Am 'append baz to files'
23 23 created new head
24 24
25 25 create a third head with no conflicting edits
26 26 $ hg up -qC 0
27 27 $ echo foo > file3
28 28 $ hg commit -Am 'add non-conflicting file'
29 29 adding file3
30 30 created new head
31 31
32 32 failing merge
33 33
34 34 $ hg up -qC 2
35 35 $ hg merge --tool=internal:fail 1
36 36 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 2 files unresolved
37 37 use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg merge --abort' to abandon
38 38 [1]
39 39
40 40 resolve -l should contain unresolved entries
41 41
42 42 $ hg resolve -l
43 43 U file1
44 44 U file2
45 45
46 46 $ hg resolve -l --no-status
47 47 file1
48 48 file2
49 49
50 50 resolving an unknown path should emit a warning, but not for -l
51 51
52 52 $ hg resolve -m does-not-exist
53 53 arguments do not match paths that need resolving
54 54 $ hg resolve -l does-not-exist
55 55
56 56 tell users how they could have used resolve
57 57
58 58 $ mkdir nested
59 59 $ cd nested
60 60 $ hg resolve -m file1
61 61 arguments do not match paths that need resolving
62 62 (try: hg resolve -m path:file1)
63 63 $ hg resolve -m file1 filez
64 64 arguments do not match paths that need resolving
65 65 (try: hg resolve -m path:file1 path:filez)
66 66 $ hg resolve -m path:file1 path:filez
67 67 $ hg resolve -l
68 68 R file1
69 69 U file2
70 70 $ hg resolve -m filez file2
71 71 arguments do not match paths that need resolving
72 72 (try: hg resolve -m path:filez path:file2)
73 73 $ hg resolve -m path:filez path:file2
74 74 (no more unresolved files)
75 75 $ hg resolve -l
76 76 R file1
77 77 R file2
78 78
79 79 cleanup
80 80 $ hg resolve -u
81 81 $ cd ..
82 82 $ rmdir nested
83 83
84 84 don't allow marking or unmarking driver-resolved files
85 85
86 86 $ cat > $TESTTMP/markdriver.py << EOF
87 87 > '''mark and unmark files as driver-resolved'''
88 88 > from mercurial import (
89 89 > merge,
90 90 > pycompat,
91 91 > registrar,
92 92 > scmutil,
93 93 > )
94 94 > cmdtable = {}
95 95 > command = registrar.command(cmdtable)
96 96 > @command(b'markdriver',
97 97 > [(b'u', b'unmark', None, b'')],
98 98 > b'FILE...')
99 99 > def markdriver(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
100 100 > wlock = repo.wlock()
101 101 > opts = pycompat.byteskwargs(opts)
102 102 > try:
103 103 > ms = merge.mergestate.read(repo)
104 104 > m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
105 105 > for f in ms:
106 106 > if not m(f):
107 107 > continue
108 108 > if not opts[b'unmark']:
109 109 > ms.mark(f, b'd')
110 110 > else:
111 111 > ms.mark(f, b'u')
112 112 > ms.commit()
113 113 > finally:
114 114 > wlock.release()
115 115 > EOF
116 116 $ hg --config extensions.markdriver=$TESTTMP/markdriver.py markdriver file1
117 117 $ hg resolve --list
118 118 D file1
119 119 U file2
120 120 $ hg resolve --mark file1
121 121 not marking file1 as it is driver-resolved
122 122 this should not print out file1
123 123 $ hg resolve --mark --all
124 124 (no more unresolved files -- run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)
125 125 $ hg resolve --mark 'glob:file*'
126 126 (no more unresolved files -- run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)
127 127 $ hg resolve --list
128 128 D file1
129 129 R file2
130 130 $ hg resolve --unmark file1
131 131 not unmarking file1 as it is driver-resolved
132 132 (no more unresolved files -- run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)
133 133 $ hg resolve --unmark --all
134 134 $ hg resolve --list
135 135 D file1
136 136 U file2
137 137 $ hg --config extensions.markdriver=$TESTTMP/markdriver.py markdriver --unmark file1
138 138 $ hg resolve --list
139 139 U file1
140 140 U file2
141 141
142 142 resolve the failure
143 143
144 144 $ echo resolved > file1
145 145 $ hg resolve -m file1
146 146
147 147 resolve -l should show resolved file as resolved
148 148
149 149 $ hg resolve -l
150 150 R file1
151 151 U file2
152 152
153 153 $ hg resolve -l -Tjson
154 154 [
155 155 {
156 156 "path": "file1",
157 157 "status": "R"
158 158 },
159 159 {
160 160 "path": "file2",
161 161 "status": "U"
162 162 }
163 163 ]
164 164
165 165 $ hg resolve -l -T '{path} {status} {p1rev} {p2rev}\n'
166 166 file1 R 2 1
167 167 file2 U 2 1
168 168
169 169 resolve -m without paths should mark all resolved
170 170
171 171 $ hg resolve -m
172 172 (no more unresolved files)
173 173 $ hg commit -m 'resolved'
174 174
175 175 resolve -l should be empty after commit
176 176
177 177 $ hg resolve -l
178 178
179 179 $ hg resolve -l -Tjson
180 180 [
181 181 ]
182 182
183 183 resolve --all should abort when no merge in progress
184 184
185 185 $ hg resolve --all
186 186 abort: resolve command not applicable when not merging
187 187 [255]
188 188
189 189 resolve -m should abort when no merge in progress
190 190
191 191 $ hg resolve -m
192 192 abort: resolve command not applicable when not merging
193 193 [255]
194 194
195 195 can not update or merge when there are unresolved conflicts
196 196
197 197 $ hg up -qC 0
198 198 $ echo quux >> file1
199 199 $ hg up 1
200 200 merging file1
201 201 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
202 202 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 1 files unresolved
203 203 use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges
204 204 [1]
205 205 $ hg up 0
206 206 abort: outstanding merge conflicts
207 207 [255]
208 208 $ hg merge 2
209 209 abort: outstanding merge conflicts
210 210 [255]
211 211 $ hg merge --force 2
212 212 abort: outstanding merge conflicts
213 213 [255]
214 214
215 215 set up conflict-free merge
216 216
217 217 $ hg up -qC 3
218 218 $ hg merge 1
219 219 2 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
220 220 (branch merge, don't forget to commit)
221 221
222 222 resolve --all should do nothing in merge without conflicts
223 223 $ hg resolve --all
224 224 (no more unresolved files)
225 225
226 226 resolve -m should do nothing in merge without conflicts
227 227
228 228 $ hg resolve -m
229 229 (no more unresolved files)
230 230
231 231 get back to conflicting state
232 232
233 233 $ hg up -qC 2
234 234 $ hg merge --tool=internal:fail 1
235 235 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 2 files unresolved
236 236 use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg merge --abort' to abandon
237 237 [1]
238 238
239 239 resolve without arguments should suggest --all
240 240 $ hg resolve
241 241 abort: no files or directories specified
242 242 (use --all to re-merge all unresolved files)
243 243 [255]
244 244
245 245 resolve --all should re-merge all unresolved files
246 246 $ hg resolve --all
247 247 merging file1
248 248 merging file2
249 249 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
250 250 warning: conflicts while merging file2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
251 251 [1]
252 252 $ cat file1.orig
253 253 foo
254 254 baz
255 255 $ cat file2.orig
256 256 foo
257 257 baz
258 258
259 259 .orig files should exists where specified
260 260 $ hg resolve --all --verbose --config 'ui.origbackuppath=.hg/origbackups'
261 261 merging file1
262 262 creating directory: $TESTTMP/repo/.hg/origbackups
263 263 merging file2
264 264 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
265 265 warning: conflicts while merging file2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
266 266 [1]
267 267 $ ls .hg/origbackups
268 268 file1
269 269 file2
270 270 $ grep '<<<' file1 > /dev/null
271 271 $ grep '<<<' file2 > /dev/null
272 272
273 273 resolve <file> should re-merge file
274 274 $ echo resolved > file1
275 275 $ hg resolve -q file1
276 276 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
277 277 [1]
278 278 $ grep '<<<' file1 > /dev/null
279 279
280 280 test .orig behavior with resolve
281 281
282 282 $ hg resolve -q file1 --tool "sh -c 'f --dump \"$TESTTMP/repo/file1.orig\"'"
283 283 $TESTTMP/repo/file1.orig:
284 284 >>>
285 285 foo
286 286 baz
287 287 <<<
288 288
289 289 resolve <file> should do nothing if 'file' was marked resolved
290 290 $ echo resolved > file1
291 291 $ hg resolve -m file1
292 292 $ hg resolve -q file1
293 293 $ cat file1
294 294 resolved
295 295
296 296 insert unsupported advisory merge record
297 297
298 298 $ hg --config extensions.fakemergerecord=$TESTDIR/fakemergerecord.py fakemergerecord -x
299 299 $ hg debugmergestate
300 300 * version 2 records
301 301 local: 57653b9f834a4493f7240b0681efcb9ae7cab745
302 302 other: dc77451844e37f03f5c559e3b8529b2b48d381d1
303 303 labels:
304 304 local: working copy
305 305 other: merge rev
306 306 unrecognized entry: x advisory record
307 307 file extras: file1 (ancestorlinknode = 99726c03216e233810a2564cbc0adfe395007eac)
308 308 file: file1 (record type "F", state "r", hash 60b27f004e454aca81b0480209cce5081ec52390)
309 309 local path: file1 (flags "")
310 310 ancestor path: file1 (node 2ed2a3912a0b24502043eae84ee4b279c18b90dd)
311 311 other path: file1 (node 6f4310b00b9a147241b071a60c28a650827fb03d)
312 312 file extras: file2 (ancestorlinknode = 99726c03216e233810a2564cbc0adfe395007eac)
313 313 file: file2 (record type "F", state "u", hash cb99b709a1978bd205ab9dfd4c5aaa1fc91c7523)
314 314 local path: file2 (flags "")
315 315 ancestor path: file2 (node 2ed2a3912a0b24502043eae84ee4b279c18b90dd)
316 316 other path: file2 (node 6f4310b00b9a147241b071a60c28a650827fb03d)
317 317 $ hg resolve -l
318 318 R file1
319 319 U file2
320 320
321 321 insert unsupported mandatory merge record
322 322
323 323 $ hg --config extensions.fakemergerecord=$TESTDIR/fakemergerecord.py fakemergerecord -X
324 324 $ hg debugmergestate
325 325 * version 2 records
326 326 local: 57653b9f834a4493f7240b0681efcb9ae7cab745
327 327 other: dc77451844e37f03f5c559e3b8529b2b48d381d1
328 328 labels:
329 329 local: working copy
330 330 other: merge rev
331 331 file extras: file1 (ancestorlinknode = 99726c03216e233810a2564cbc0adfe395007eac)
332 332 file: file1 (record type "F", state "r", hash 60b27f004e454aca81b0480209cce5081ec52390)
333 333 local path: file1 (flags "")
334 334 ancestor path: file1 (node 2ed2a3912a0b24502043eae84ee4b279c18b90dd)
335 335 other path: file1 (node 6f4310b00b9a147241b071a60c28a650827fb03d)
336 336 file extras: file2 (ancestorlinknode = 99726c03216e233810a2564cbc0adfe395007eac)
337 337 file: file2 (record type "F", state "u", hash cb99b709a1978bd205ab9dfd4c5aaa1fc91c7523)
338 338 local path: file2 (flags "")
339 339 ancestor path: file2 (node 2ed2a3912a0b24502043eae84ee4b279c18b90dd)
340 340 other path: file2 (node 6f4310b00b9a147241b071a60c28a650827fb03d)
341 341 unrecognized entry: X mandatory record
342 342 $ hg resolve -l
343 343 abort: unsupported merge state records: X
344 344 (see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MergeStateRecords for more information)
345 345 [255]
346 346 $ hg resolve -ma
347 347 abort: unsupported merge state records: X
348 348 (see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MergeStateRecords for more information)
349 349 [255]
350 350 $ hg summary
351 351 warning: merge state has unsupported record types: X
352 352 parent: 2:57653b9f834a
353 353 append baz to files
354 354 parent: 1:dc77451844e3
355 355 append bar to files
356 356 branch: default
357 357 commit: 2 modified, 2 unknown (merge)
358 358 update: 2 new changesets (update)
359 359 phases: 5 draft
360 360
361 361 update --clean shouldn't abort on unsupported records
362 362
363 363 $ hg up -qC 1
364 364 $ hg debugmergestate
365 365 no merge state found
366 366
367 367 test crashed merge with empty mergestate
368 368
369 369 $ mkdir .hg/merge
370 370 $ touch .hg/merge/state
371 371
372 372 resolve -l should be empty
373 373
374 374 $ hg resolve -l
375 375
376 376 resolve -m can be configured to look for remaining conflict markers
377 377 $ hg up -qC 2
378 378 $ hg merge -q --tool=internal:merge 1
379 379 warning: conflicts while merging file1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
380 380 warning: conflicts while merging file2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
381 381 [1]
382 382 $ hg resolve -l
383 383 U file1
384 384 U file2
385 385 $ echo 'remove markers' > file1
386 386 $ hg --config experimental.resolve.mark-check=abort resolve -m
387 387 warning: the following files still have conflict markers:
388 388 file2
389 389 abort: conflict markers detected
390 390 (use --all to mark anyway)
391 391 [255]
392 392 $ hg resolve -l
393 393 U file1
394 394 U file2
395 395 Try with --all from the hint
396 396 $ hg --config experimental.resolve.mark-check=abort resolve -m --all
397 397 warning: the following files still have conflict markers:
398 398 file2
399 399 (no more unresolved files)
400 400 $ hg resolve -l
401 401 R file1
402 402 R file2
403 403 $ hg resolve --unmark
404 404 $ hg resolve -l
405 405 U file1
406 406 U file2
407 407 $ hg --config experimental.resolve.mark-check=warn resolve -m
408 408 warning: the following files still have conflict markers:
409 409 file2
410 410 (no more unresolved files)
411 411 $ hg resolve -l
412 412 R file1
413 413 R file2
414 414 If the file is already marked as resolved, we don't warn about it
415 415 $ hg resolve --unmark file1
416 416 $ hg resolve -l
417 417 U file1
418 418 R file2
419 419 $ hg --config experimental.resolve.mark-check=warn resolve -m
420 420 (no more unresolved files)
421 421 $ hg resolve -l
422 422 R file1
423 423 R file2
424 424
425 425 $ cd ..
426
427 ======================================================
428 Test 'hg resolve' confirm config option functionality |
429 ======================================================
430 $ cat >> $HGRCPATH << EOF
431 > [extensions]
432 > rebase=
433 > EOF
434
435 $ hg init repo2
436 $ cd repo2
437
438 $ echo boss > boss
439 $ hg ci -Am "add boss"
440 adding boss
441
442 $ for emp in emp1 emp2 emp3; do echo work > $emp; done;
443 $ hg ci -Aqm "added emp1 emp2 emp3"
444
445 $ hg up 0
446 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 3 files removed, 0 files unresolved
447
448 $ for emp in emp1 emp2 emp3; do echo nowork > $emp; done;
449 $ hg ci -Aqm "added lazy emp1 emp2 emp3"
450
451 $ hg log -GT "{rev} {node|short} {firstline(desc)}\n"
452 @ 2 0acfd4a49af0 added lazy emp1 emp2 emp3
453 |
454 | o 1 f30f98a8181f added emp1 emp2 emp3
455 |/
456 o 0 88660038d466 add boss
457
458 $ hg rebase -s 1 -d 2
459 rebasing 1:f30f98a8181f "added emp1 emp2 emp3"
460 merging emp1
461 merging emp2
462 merging emp3
463 warning: conflicts while merging emp1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
464 warning: conflicts while merging emp2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
465 warning: conflicts while merging emp3! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
466 unresolved conflicts (see hg resolve, then hg rebase --continue)
467 [1]
468
469 Test when commands.resolve.confirm config option is not set:
470 ===========================================================
471 $ hg resolve --all
472 merging emp1
473 merging emp2
474 merging emp3
475 warning: conflicts while merging emp1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
476 warning: conflicts while merging emp2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
477 warning: conflicts while merging emp3! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
478 [1]
479
480 Test when config option is set:
481 ==============================
482 $ cat >> $HGRCPATH << EOF
483 > [ui]
484 > interactive = True
485 > [commands]
486 > resolve.confirm = True
487 > EOF
488
489 $ hg resolve
490 abort: no files or directories specified
491 (use --all to re-merge all unresolved files)
492 [255]
493 $ hg resolve --all << EOF
494 > n
495 > EOF
496 re-merge all unresolved files (yn)? n
497 abort: user quit
498 [255]
499
500 $ hg resolve --all << EOF
501 > y
502 > EOF
503 re-merge all unresolved files (yn)? y
504 merging emp1
505 merging emp2
506 merging emp3
507 warning: conflicts while merging emp1! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
508 warning: conflicts while merging emp2! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
509 warning: conflicts while merging emp3! (edit, then use 'hg resolve --mark')
510 [1]
511
512 $ hg rebase --abort
513 rebase aborted
514 $ cd ..
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments. Login now